1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
61 template<bool big_endian
>
62 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
64 template<bool big_endian
>
65 class Output_data_plt_arm_standard
;
67 template<bool big_endian
>
70 template<bool big_endian
>
71 class Arm_input_section
;
73 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
75 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
77 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
79 template<bool big_endian
>
80 class Arm_output_section
;
82 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
84 template<bool big_endian
>
87 template<bool big_endian
>
88 class Arm_relocate_functions
;
90 template<bool big_endian
>
91 class Arm_output_data_got
;
93 template<bool big_endian
>
97 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
99 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
100 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
101 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
102 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
103 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
104 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
105 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
107 // Thread Control Block size.
108 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE
= 8;
110 // The arm target class.
112 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
113 // supporting Android only for the time being.
116 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
117 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
119 // There are probably a lot more.
121 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
122 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
123 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will be very
124 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
125 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
126 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
127 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
129 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
130 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
131 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
133 Arm_reloc_property_table
* arm_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
135 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
136 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
141 // Types of instruction templates.
145 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
146 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
147 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
148 // conditional branches.
149 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
155 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
157 static const Insn_template
158 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
159 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
161 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
162 // when we build the stub.
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
165 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
169 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
171 static const Insn_template
172 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
174 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
180 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
184 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
186 static const Insn_template
187 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
188 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
190 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
195 { return this->data_
; }
197 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
200 { return this->type_
; }
202 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
205 { return this->r_type_
; }
209 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
211 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
215 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
220 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
223 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
224 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
227 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
228 // some of the instruction bits.
230 // Instruction template type.
232 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
233 unsigned int r_type_
;
234 // Relocation addend.
235 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
238 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
243 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
247 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
251 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
252 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
253 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
254 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
255 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
256 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
257 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
258 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
262 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
268 // First reloc stub type.
269 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
270 // Last reloc stub type.
271 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
273 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
274 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
275 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
276 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
279 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
283 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
284 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
285 // common to all stubs of the same type.
290 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
298 { return this->type_
; }
300 // Return an array of instruction templates.
303 { return this->insns_
; }
305 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
308 { return this->insn_count_
; }
310 // Return size of template in bytes.
313 { return this->size_
; }
315 // Return alignment of the stub template.
318 { return this->alignment_
; }
320 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
322 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
323 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
325 // Return number of relocations in this template.
328 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
330 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
332 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
334 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
335 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
338 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
339 // beginning of the stub.
341 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
343 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
344 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
348 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
349 // and its offset from start of stub.
350 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
352 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
354 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
355 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
359 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
360 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
361 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
363 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
365 // Alignment of templated instructions.
367 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
368 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
369 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
370 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
371 // them here for speed.
372 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
376 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
377 // stubs used in the ARM target.
383 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
384 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
387 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
388 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
395 // Return the stub template.
397 stub_template() const
398 { return this->stub_template_
; }
400 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
404 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
405 return this->offset_
;
408 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
410 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
411 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
413 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
414 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
416 reloc_target(size_t i
)
417 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
419 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
421 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
422 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
424 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
425 // for the i-th instruction.
427 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
428 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
431 // This must be defined in the child class.
433 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
435 // This may be overridden in the child class.
437 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
440 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
442 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
445 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
446 // instruction template.
448 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
449 { gold_unreachable(); }
452 // A template to implement do_write.
453 template<bool big_endian
>
455 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
458 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
459 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
460 section_offset_type offset_
;
463 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
464 // of limited branch ranges.
466 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
469 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
470 // We assume we never jump to this address.
471 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
473 // Return destination address.
475 destination_address() const
477 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
478 return this->destination_address_
;
481 // Set destination address.
483 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
485 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
486 this->destination_address_
= address
;
489 // Reset destination address.
491 reset_destination_address()
492 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
494 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
495 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
496 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
497 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
499 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
500 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
502 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
503 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
504 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
509 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
510 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
511 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
512 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
513 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
514 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
518 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
519 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
523 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
524 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
525 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
532 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
538 { return this->stub_type_
; }
540 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
543 { return this->r_sym_
; }
545 // Return the symbol if there is one.
548 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
550 // Return the relobj if there is one.
553 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
555 // Whether this equals to another key k.
557 eq(const Key
& k
) const
559 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
560 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
561 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
562 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
563 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
564 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
567 // Return a hash value.
571 return (this->stub_type_
573 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
574 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
575 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
576 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
580 // Functors for STL associative containers.
584 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
585 { return k
.hash_value(); }
591 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
592 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
595 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
601 Stub_type stub_type_
;
602 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
603 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
605 // If r_sym_ is an invalid index, this points to a global symbol.
606 // Otherwise, it points to a relobj. We used the unsized and target
607 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
608 // Arm_relobj, in order to avoid making the stub class a template
609 // as most of the stub machinery is endianness-neutral. However, it
610 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
613 const Symbol
* symbol
;
614 const Relobj
* relobj
;
616 // Addend associated with a reloc.
621 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
622 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
623 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
629 friend class Stub_factory
;
631 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
634 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
636 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
638 return this->destination_address_
;
642 // Address of destination.
643 Arm_address destination_address_
;
646 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
647 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
649 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
650 // branch address is 0xffe.
651 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
653 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
655 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
656 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
657 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
658 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
659 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
660 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
661 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
662 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
665 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
671 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
675 { return this->relobj_
; }
677 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
681 { return this->shndx_
; }
683 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
684 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
687 source_address() const
688 { return this->source_address_
; }
690 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
691 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
692 // instruction address.
694 destination_address() const
695 { return this->destination_address_
; }
697 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
699 original_insn() const
700 { return this->original_insn_
; }
703 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
704 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
705 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
706 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
707 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
708 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
709 destination_address_(destination_address
),
710 original_insn_(original_insn
)
713 friend class Stub_factory
;
715 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
718 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
720 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
722 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
724 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
728 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
730 return this->destination_address_
;
734 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
736 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
739 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
741 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
743 // Source address of original branch.
744 Arm_address source_address_
;
745 // Destination address of the original branch.
746 Arm_address destination_address_
;
747 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
748 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
749 uint32_t original_insn_
;
752 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
753 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
759 // Return the associated register.
762 { return this->reg_
; }
765 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
766 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
767 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
770 friend class Stub_factory
;
772 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
775 do_reloc_target(size_t)
776 { gold_unreachable(); }
778 // This may be overridden in the child class.
780 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
783 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
785 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
789 // A template to implement do_write.
790 template<bool big_endian
>
792 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
794 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
795 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
797 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
798 view
+= insns
[0].size();
799 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
800 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
801 view
+= insns
[1].size();
802 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
803 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
806 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
810 // Stub factory class.
815 // Return the unique instance of this class.
816 static const Stub_factory
&
819 static Stub_factory singleton
;
823 // Make a relocation stub.
825 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
827 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
828 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
829 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
832 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
834 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
835 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
836 uint32_t original_insn
) const
838 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
839 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
840 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
841 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
844 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
845 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
847 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
849 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
850 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
855 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
856 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
860 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
861 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
862 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
864 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
865 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
868 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
870 template<bool big_endian
>
871 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
874 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
875 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
876 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
877 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
883 // Owner of this stub table.
884 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
886 { return this->owner_
; }
888 // Whether this stub table is empty.
892 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
893 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
894 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
897 // Return the current data size.
899 current_data_size() const
900 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
902 // Add a STUB using KEY. The caller is responsible for avoiding addition
903 // if a STUB with the same key has already been added.
905 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
907 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
908 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
909 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
911 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
912 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
913 uint64_t align
= stub_template
->alignment();
914 this->reloc_stubs_size_
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
, align
);
915 stub
->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_
);
916 this->reloc_stubs_size_
+= stub_template
->size();
917 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
=
918 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
, align
);
921 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
922 // The caller is responsible for avoiding addition if a STUB with the same
923 // address has already been added.
925 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
927 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
928 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
931 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
934 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
936 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
937 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
940 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
942 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
944 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
946 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
948 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
949 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
952 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
953 // Return NULL if there is none.
955 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
957 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
958 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
961 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
963 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
964 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
965 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
967 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
968 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
969 // previous relaxation pass.
971 update_data_size_and_addralign();
973 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
974 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
978 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
980 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
981 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
985 // Write out section contents.
987 do_write(Output_file
*);
989 // Return the required alignment.
992 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
994 // Reset address and file offset.
996 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
997 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
999 // Set final data size.
1001 set_final_data_size()
1002 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1005 // Relocate one stub.
1007 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1008 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
1009 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
1011 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1013 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
1014 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1017 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1018 // fixed up in output.
1019 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1020 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1021 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1023 // Owner of this stub table.
1024 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1025 // The relocation stubs.
1026 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1027 // Size of reloc stubs.
1028 off_t reloc_stubs_size_
;
1029 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1030 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
1031 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1032 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1033 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1034 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1035 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1036 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1037 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1038 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1041 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1042 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1044 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1047 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1048 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1051 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1054 { return this->relobj_
; }
1056 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1059 { return this->shndx_
; }
1063 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1065 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1066 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1068 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1071 // Write to a map file.
1073 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
1074 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** ARM cantunwind")); }
1077 // Implement do_write for a given endianness.
1078 template<bool big_endian
>
1080 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1082 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1084 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1085 unsigned int shndx_
;
1088 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1089 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1090 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1092 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1093 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1095 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1096 // with some of its entries merged.
1098 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1101 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1102 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1103 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1104 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1105 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1106 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1107 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1108 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1109 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1111 // Build output contents.
1113 build_contents(const unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
1115 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1116 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1117 exidx_input_section() const
1118 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1120 // Return the section offset map.
1121 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1122 section_offset_map() const
1123 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1126 // Write merged section into file OF.
1128 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1131 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1132 section_offset_type
*) const;
1135 // Original EXIDX input section.
1136 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1137 // Section offset map.
1138 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1139 // Merged section contents. We need to keep build the merged section
1140 // and save it here to avoid accessing the original EXIDX section when
1141 // we cannot lock the sections' object.
1142 unsigned char* section_contents_
;
1145 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1147 template<bool big_endian
>
1148 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1151 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1152 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1153 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
),
1154 original_contents_(NULL
)
1157 ~Arm_input_section()
1158 { delete[] this->original_contents_
; }
1164 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1166 is_stub_table_owner() const
1167 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1169 // Return the stub table.
1170 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1172 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1174 // Set the stub_table.
1176 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1177 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1179 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1180 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1181 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1182 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1183 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1185 // Return the original size of the section.
1187 original_size() const
1188 { return this->original_size_
; }
1191 // Write data to output file.
1193 do_write(Output_file
*);
1195 // Return required alignment of this.
1197 do_addralign() const
1199 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1200 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1201 static_cast<uint64_t>(this->original_addralign_
));
1203 return this->original_addralign_
;
1206 // Finalize data size.
1208 set_final_data_size();
1210 // Reset address and file offset.
1212 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1216 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1217 section_offset_type offset
,
1218 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1220 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1221 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1224 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, uint32_t>(this->original_size_
)))
1234 // Copying is not allowed.
1235 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1236 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1238 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1239 uint32_t original_addralign_
;
1240 // Section size of the original input section.
1241 uint32_t original_size_
;
1243 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1244 // Original section contents. We have to make a copy here since the file
1245 // containing the original section may not be locked when we need to access
1247 unsigned char* original_contents_
;
1250 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1251 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1253 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1256 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
,
1257 bool merge_exidx_entries
= true)
1258 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1259 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1260 section_offset_map_(NULL
), first_output_text_section_(NULL
),
1261 merge_exidx_entries_(merge_exidx_entries
)
1265 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1267 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. SECTION_CONTENTS points
1268 // to the EXIDX contents and SECTION_SIZE is the size of the contents. Return
1269 // number of bytes to be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX
1270 // section are merged a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store
1271 // in the located PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is
1272 // responsible for releasing it.
1273 template<bool big_endian
>
1275 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1276 const unsigned char* section_contents
,
1277 section_size_type section_size
,
1278 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1280 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1281 // input section, if there is not one already.
1283 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1285 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1286 // first exidx input in output.
1288 first_output_text_section() const
1289 { return this->first_output_text_section_
; }
1292 // Copying is not allowed.
1293 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1294 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1296 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1301 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1302 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1309 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1310 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1312 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1314 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1315 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1316 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1317 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1318 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1320 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1321 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1323 // EXIDX output section.
1324 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1325 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1326 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1327 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1328 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1329 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1330 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1331 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1332 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1333 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1335 Output_section
* first_output_text_section_
;
1337 bool merge_exidx_entries_
;
1340 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1341 // stub generation methods.
1343 template<bool big_endian
>
1344 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1347 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1349 // We need to force SHF_LINK_ORDER in a SHT_ARM_EXIDX section.
1350 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1351 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1352 : Output_section(name
, type
,
1353 (type
== elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
1354 ? flags
| elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER
1357 if (type
== elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
1358 this->set_always_keeps_input_sections();
1361 ~Arm_output_section()
1364 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1366 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Task
*);
1368 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1369 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1370 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1371 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1372 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1374 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1376 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1378 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1379 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1380 // output addresses.
1382 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
* layout
,
1383 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1384 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
1385 bool merge_exidx_entries
,
1388 // Link an EXIDX section into its corresponding text section.
1390 set_exidx_section_link();
1394 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1395 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1397 // Create a stub group.
1398 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1399 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1400 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1401 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1402 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*,
1406 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1408 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1411 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1412 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1414 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1415 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
,
1416 uint32_t addralign
, uint32_t text_size
)
1417 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1418 addralign_(addralign
), text_size_(text_size
), has_errors_(false)
1421 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1424 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1426 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1429 { return this->relobj_
; }
1431 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1434 { return this->shndx_
; }
1436 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1439 { return this->link_
; }
1441 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1444 { return this->size_
; }
1446 // Return address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1449 { return this->addralign_
; }
1451 // Return size of the associated text input section.
1454 { return this->text_size_
; }
1456 // Whether there are any errors in the EXIDX input section.
1459 { return this->has_errors_
; }
1461 // Set has-errors flag.
1464 { this->has_errors_
= true; }
1467 // Object containing this.
1469 // Section index of this.
1470 unsigned int shndx_
;
1471 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1473 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1475 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1476 uint32_t addralign_
;
1477 // Size of associated text section.
1478 uint32_t text_size_
;
1479 // Whether this has any errors.
1483 // Arm_relobj class.
1485 template<bool big_endian
>
1486 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>
1489 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1491 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1492 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1493 : Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1494 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1495 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1496 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1497 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false),
1498 merge_flags_and_attributes_(true)
1502 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1504 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1505 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1506 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1508 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1509 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1512 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1514 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1516 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1517 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1520 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1521 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1523 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1525 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1526 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1529 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1531 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1534 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1536 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1538 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1539 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1540 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1541 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1544 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1545 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1546 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1547 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1548 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1550 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1553 processor_specific_flags() const
1554 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1556 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1558 const Attributes_section_data
*
1559 attributes_section_data() const
1560 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1562 // Mapping symbol location.
1563 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1565 // Functor for STL container.
1566 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1569 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1570 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1572 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1573 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1577 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1578 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1579 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1580 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1582 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1584 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1586 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1587 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1590 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1592 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1594 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1595 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1596 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1597 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1600 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1601 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1602 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1603 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1605 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1606 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1607 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1612 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1613 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1614 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1616 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1617 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1618 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1623 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1625 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1626 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1628 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1630 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1631 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1633 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1635 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1637 // Whether we want to merge processor-specific flags and attributes.
1639 merge_flags_and_attributes() const
1640 { return this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
; }
1642 // Export list of EXIDX section indices.
1644 get_exidx_shndx_list(std::vector
<unsigned int>* list
) const
1647 for (Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.begin();
1648 p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end();
1651 if (p
->second
->shndx() == p
->first
)
1652 list
->push_back(p
->first
);
1654 // Sort list to make result independent of implementation of map.
1655 std::sort(list
->begin(), list
->end());
1659 // Post constructor setup.
1663 // Call parent's setup method.
1664 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1666 // Initialize look-up tables.
1667 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1668 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1671 // Count the local symbols.
1673 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1674 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1677 do_relocate_sections(
1678 const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1679 const unsigned char* pshdrs
, Output_file
* of
,
1680 typename Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1682 // Read the symbol information.
1684 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1686 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1688 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1692 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1694 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1695 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1696 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1698 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1700 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1701 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1703 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1705 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1706 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1707 const Symbol_table
*);
1709 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1711 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1712 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1713 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1715 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1716 // first relocation of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1717 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1718 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1719 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1721 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr
,
1722 const unsigned char* psyms
, unsigned int* pshndx
);
1725 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1726 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1727 // index of the linked text section.
1729 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1730 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
1731 unsigned int text_shndx
,
1732 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
);
1734 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1735 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1737 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section
*);
1739 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1740 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1743 // List of stub tables.
1744 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1745 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1746 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1747 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1748 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1749 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1750 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1751 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1752 // Mapping symbols information.
1753 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1754 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1755 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1756 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1757 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1758 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1759 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1760 // Whether we merge processor flags and attributes of this object to
1762 bool merge_flags_and_attributes_
;
1765 // Arm_dynobj class.
1767 template<bool big_endian
>
1768 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1771 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1772 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1773 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1774 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1778 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1780 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1781 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1782 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1783 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1784 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1786 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1789 processor_specific_flags() const
1790 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1792 // Attributes section data.
1793 const Attributes_section_data
*
1794 attributes_section_data() const
1795 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1798 // Read the symbol information.
1800 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1803 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1804 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1805 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1806 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1809 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1811 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1812 struct Stub_addend_reader
1814 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1815 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1816 // view or from a Reloc object.
1817 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1819 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1820 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1821 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1822 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1825 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1827 template<bool big_endian
>
1828 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1830 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1833 const unsigned char*,
1834 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1837 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1838 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1839 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1840 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1842 template<bool big_endian
>
1843 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1845 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1848 const unsigned char*,
1849 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1850 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1851 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1854 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1855 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1857 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1860 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1861 Arm_address destination
)
1862 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1868 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1870 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1874 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1876 // Return the relocation type.
1879 { return this->r_type_
; }
1881 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1885 { return this->destination_
; }
1888 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1889 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1891 unsigned int r_type_
;
1892 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1894 Arm_address destination_
;
1897 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1898 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1900 template<bool big_endian
>
1901 class Arm_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>
1904 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1905 : Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>(), symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
1908 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1909 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1910 // applied in a static link.
1912 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1913 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1915 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1916 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1917 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1919 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1920 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
,
1923 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1927 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1928 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1929 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1930 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1931 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1933 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
, Symbol
* gsym
);
1935 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1937 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
,
1938 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1939 unsigned int index
);
1942 // Write out the GOT table.
1944 do_write(Output_file
*);
1947 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1948 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1952 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1953 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
1954 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
1956 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1957 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1958 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
1960 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
1961 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
1964 // Return the GOT offset.
1967 { return this->got_offset_
; }
1972 { return this->r_type_
; }
1974 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1976 symbol_is_global() const
1977 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
1979 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1983 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
1984 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
1987 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1988 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*
1991 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1992 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
1995 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1999 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
2000 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
2004 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
2005 unsigned int got_offset_
;
2006 // Type of relocation.
2007 unsigned int r_type_
;
2008 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
2009 bool symbol_is_global_
;
2010 // A global or local symbol.
2015 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
2020 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
2021 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
;
2022 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
2028 // Symbol table of the output object.
2029 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
2030 // Layout of the output object.
2032 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
2033 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
2036 // The ARM target has many relocation types with odd-sizes or noncontiguous
2037 // bits. The default handling of relocatable relocation cannot process these
2038 // relocations. So we have to extend the default code.
2040 template<bool big_endian
, int sh_type
, typename Classify_reloc
>
2041 class Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
:
2042 public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<sh_type
, Classify_reloc
>
2045 // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section
2046 // symbol, given the relocation type.
2047 inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy
2048 local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type
, Relobj
*)
2050 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
2051 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA
;
2054 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
2055 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
)
2057 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
2058 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
2059 r_type
= arm_target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
2064 // Relocations that write nothing. These exclude R_ARM_TARGET1
2065 // and R_ARM_TARGET2.
2066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
2067 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
2068 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC
:
2069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_CALL
:
2070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ
:
2071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
:
2072 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTRELAX
:
2073 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
2074 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
2075 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ16
:
2076 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ32
:
2077 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_0
;
2078 // These should have been converted to something else above.
2079 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
2080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
2082 // Relocations that write full 32 bits and
2083 // have alignment of 1.
2084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
2085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
2086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
2087 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
2088 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
2089 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2090 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
2091 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
2092 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
2093 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2094 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2095 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2096 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2097 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2098 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
:
2099 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2100 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
:
2101 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_4_UNALIGNED
;
2103 // For all other static relocations, return RELOC_SPECIAL.
2104 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL
;
2110 template<bool big_endian
>
2111 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
2114 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
2117 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2118 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2120 Target_arm(const Target::Target_info
* info
= &arm_info
)
2121 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(info
),
2122 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
2123 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
),
2124 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2125 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2126 should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2127 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL
),
2128 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2131 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2133 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2134 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
2136 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2138 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
2139 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
2141 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2143 using_thumb2() const
2145 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2146 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2147 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2148 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
2151 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2153 using_thumb_only() const
2155 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2156 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2158 if (attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2159 || attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
)
2161 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2162 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
2164 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
2165 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
2168 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2170 may_use_arm_nop() const
2172 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2173 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2174 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2175 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2176 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2177 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2178 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2181 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2183 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2185 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2186 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2187 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2188 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2189 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2190 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2193 // Whether we have v4T interworking instructions available.
2195 may_use_v4t_interworking() const
2197 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2198 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2199 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2200 return (arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_PRE_V4
2201 && arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
);
2204 // Whether we have v5T interworking instructions available.
2206 may_use_v5t_interworking() const
2208 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2209 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2210 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2211 if (parameters
->options().fix_arm1176())
2212 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2213 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2214 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2215 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
2216 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2218 return (arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_PRE_V4
2219 && arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
2220 && arch
!= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4T
);
2223 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2224 // garbage collection.
2226 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2228 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2229 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2230 unsigned int sh_type
,
2231 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2233 Output_section
* output_section
,
2234 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2235 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2236 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2238 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2240 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2242 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2243 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2244 unsigned int sh_type
,
2245 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2247 Output_section
* output_section
,
2248 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2249 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2250 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2252 // Finalize the sections.
2254 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2256 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2259 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2261 // Relocate a section.
2263 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2264 unsigned int sh_type
,
2265 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2267 Output_section
* output_section
,
2268 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2269 unsigned char* view
,
2270 Arm_address view_address
,
2271 section_size_type view_size
,
2272 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2274 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2276 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2278 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2279 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2280 unsigned int sh_type
,
2281 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2283 Output_section
* output_section
,
2284 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2285 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2286 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2287 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2289 // Emit relocations for a section.
2291 relocate_relocs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2292 unsigned int sh_type
,
2293 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2295 Output_section
* output_section
,
2296 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Off
2297 offset_in_output_section
,
2298 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2299 unsigned char* view
,
2300 Arm_address view_address
,
2301 section_size_type view_size
,
2302 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2303 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2305 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
2306 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
2308 relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2309 unsigned int sh_type
,
2310 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
2312 Output_section
* output_section
,
2313 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Off
2314 offset_in_output_section
,
2315 unsigned char* view
,
2316 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
2318 section_size_type view_size
,
2319 unsigned char* preloc_out
);
2321 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2323 do_is_defined_by_abi(const Symbol
* sym
) const
2324 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2326 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2328 has_got_section() const
2329 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
2331 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2335 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
2336 return this->got_
->data_size();
2339 // Return the number of entries in the GOT.
2341 got_entry_count() const
2343 if (!this->has_got_section())
2345 return this->got_size() / 4;
2348 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
2350 plt_entry_count() const;
2352 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2354 first_plt_entry_offset() const;
2356 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
2358 plt_entry_size() const;
2360 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2362 get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
);
2365 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2368 // Return the stub factory
2370 stub_factory() const
2371 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2373 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2374 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2375 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2377 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2378 // section of RELOBJ.
2379 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2380 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2382 // Make a new Stub_table
2383 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2384 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2386 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2388 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2389 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2390 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2395 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2396 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2399 // Get the default ARM target.
2400 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2403 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2404 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2405 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2406 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2409 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2411 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2415 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2416 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2419 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2421 fix_cortex_a8() const
2422 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2424 // Whether we merge exidx entries in debuginfo.
2426 merge_exidx_entries() const
2427 { return parameters
->options().merge_exidx_entries(); }
2429 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2431 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2432 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2433 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2435 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2437 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2439 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2440 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2441 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2443 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2445 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2446 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2449 // Make the PLT-generator object.
2450 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2451 make_data_plt(Layout
* layout
, Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
2452 { return this->do_make_data_plt(layout
, got_plt
); }
2454 // Make an ELF object.
2456 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2457 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2460 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2461 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2462 { gold_unreachable(); }
2465 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2466 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2467 { gold_unreachable(); }
2470 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2471 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2472 { gold_unreachable(); }
2474 // Make an output section.
2476 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2477 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2478 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2481 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
);
2483 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2484 // not doing relocatable linking.
2486 do_may_relax() const
2487 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2490 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, const Task
*);
2492 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2495 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2497 // Reorder tags during output.
2499 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2501 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2503 do_select_as_default_target()
2505 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2506 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2508 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2509 arm_reloc_property_table
= new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2512 // Virtual function which is set to return true by a target if
2513 // it can use relocation types to determine if a function's
2514 // pointer is taken.
2516 do_can_check_for_function_pointers() const
2519 // Whether a section called SECTION_NAME may have function pointers to
2520 // sections not eligible for safe ICF folding.
2522 do_section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(const char* section_name
) const
2524 return (!is_prefix_of(".ARM.exidx", section_name
)
2525 && !is_prefix_of(".ARM.extab", section_name
)
2526 && Target::do_section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(section_name
));
2530 do_define_standard_symbols(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2532 virtual Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2533 do_make_data_plt(Layout
* layout
, Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
2535 return new Output_data_plt_arm_standard
<big_endian
>(layout
, got_plt
);
2539 // The class which scans relocations.
2544 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2548 get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type
);
2551 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2552 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2553 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2554 Output_section
* output_section
,
2555 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2556 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
,
2560 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2561 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2562 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2563 Output_section
* output_section
,
2564 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2568 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2569 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2572 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2574 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&);
2577 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2578 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2581 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2582 unsigned int , Symbol
*);
2586 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*,
2587 unsigned int r_type
);
2590 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*,
2591 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2594 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2596 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2597 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2599 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2601 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2602 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2605 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2606 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2607 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2608 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2609 || sym
->is_undefined()
2610 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2614 possible_function_pointer_reloc(unsigned int r_type
);
2616 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2617 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2620 // The class which implements relocation.
2630 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2632 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2633 unsigned int r_type
,
2635 Output_section
* output_section
);
2637 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2638 // any warnings about this relocation.
2640 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2641 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2642 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2643 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2644 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2645 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2648 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2649 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2652 reloc_is_non_pic(unsigned int r_type
)
2656 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2659 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2662 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2663 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2664 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2667 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2670 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2674 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2675 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
2676 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
2685 // Do a TLS relocation.
2686 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
2687 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
2688 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
2689 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2690 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
,
2695 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2696 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2697 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2701 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2704 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2705 // is a local symbol.
2706 static tls::Tls_optimization
2707 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
2709 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2710 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
2711 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2713 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2715 got_plt_section() const
2717 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2718 return this->got_plt_
;
2721 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2723 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2725 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2727 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2729 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2731 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2732 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
);
2734 // Get the PLT section.
2735 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2738 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2742 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2744 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2746 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2748 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
*) const;
2750 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2751 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2752 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2754 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2756 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2757 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2760 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2762 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2763 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2764 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2765 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2767 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2768 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2769 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2770 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2773 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2775 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2777 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2778 // header of the output.
2780 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2782 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2784 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2786 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2788 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2791 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2793 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2795 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2797 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2799 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2801 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2803 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2805 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2807 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2809 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2810 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2811 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2812 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2813 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2818 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2821 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2823 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool, const Task
*);
2825 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2827 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2828 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2829 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2830 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2832 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2833 template<int sh_type
>
2835 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2836 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2837 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2839 Output_section
* output_section
,
2840 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2841 const unsigned char* view
,
2842 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2845 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2847 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*,
2848 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*,
2851 // Functors for STL set.
2852 struct output_section_address_less_than
2855 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2856 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2859 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2860 // general Target structure.
2861 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2863 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2864 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
2865 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
2866 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
2869 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2870 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2871 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2872 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2873 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2876 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2878 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2879 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2880 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2882 Arm_input_section_map
;
2884 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2885 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2886 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2889 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got_
;
2891 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2892 // The GOT PLT section.
2893 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2894 // The dynamic reloc section.
2895 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2896 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2897 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2898 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2899 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2900 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2901 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
2902 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2903 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
2904 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2905 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2907 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2908 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2909 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2910 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2911 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2912 // Attributes section data in output.
2913 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2914 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2915 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2916 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2917 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2920 template<bool big_endian
>
2921 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2924 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2925 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2926 false, // has_make_symbol
2927 false, // has_resolve
2928 false, // has_code_fill
2929 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2930 false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
2932 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2933 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2934 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2935 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2936 false, // isolate_execinstr
2938 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2939 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2940 0, // small_common_section_flags
2941 0, // large_common_section_flags
2942 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2943 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2946 // Arm relocate functions class
2949 template<bool big_endian
>
2950 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2955 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2956 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation overflow.
2957 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2961 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2962 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2964 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2967 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2969 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2970 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2971 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2972 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2974 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2975 // instruction encoding described above.
2976 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2977 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2978 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2980 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2981 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2982 return Bits
<16>::sign_extend32(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
2985 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2987 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2988 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2989 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2990 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2994 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2998 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
3001 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
3003 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3004 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3005 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
3006 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
3008 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
3009 // instruction encoding described above.
3010 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3011 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
3012 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
3014 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
3015 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
3016 return Bits
<16>::sign_extend32(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
3017 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
3018 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
3022 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
3024 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3025 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
3026 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
3027 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
3030 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
3031 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
3032 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
3033 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
3037 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
3038 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3040 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
3046 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
3047 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
3048 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
3050 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
3052 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
3055 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
3056 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
3057 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
3058 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3059 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3060 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3063 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3065 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3066 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3067 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3068 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
3074 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
3075 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3076 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3077 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
3078 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
3081 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
3084 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
3086 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3087 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
3088 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
3089 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
3090 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3093 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3094 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
3098 // Handle ARM long branches.
3099 static typename
This::Status
3100 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3101 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3102 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3103 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3105 // Handle THUMB long branches.
3106 static typename
This::Status
3107 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
3108 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
3109 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3110 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
3113 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
3114 static inline int32_t
3115 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3117 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
3118 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
3119 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
3120 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
3121 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
3122 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
3123 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
3124 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3125 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
3127 return Bits
<25>::sign_extend32((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
3128 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3131 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
3132 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
3133 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3134 static inline uint16_t
3135 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3137 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3138 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3139 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
3142 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
3143 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
3144 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3145 static inline uint16_t
3146 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3148 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3149 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3150 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
3151 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
3152 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
3153 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
3156 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
3157 static inline int32_t
3158 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
3160 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
3161 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
3162 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
3163 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
3164 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
3166 return Bits
<21>::sign_extend32((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
3169 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
3170 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
3171 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3172 static inline uint16_t
3173 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3175 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
3176 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3177 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
3180 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
3181 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
3182 // The caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3183 static inline uint16_t
3184 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
3186 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
3187 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
3188 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
3189 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
3191 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
3194 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
3195 static inline typename
This::Status
3196 abs8(unsigned char* view
,
3197 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3198 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3200 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3201 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3202 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3203 int32_t addend
= Bits
<8>::sign_extend32(val
);
3204 Arm_address x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3205 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
3206 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3208 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
3209 return (Bits
<8>::has_signed_unsigned_overflow32(x
)
3210 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3211 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3214 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
3215 static inline typename
This::Status
3216 thm_abs5(unsigned char* view
,
3217 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3218 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3220 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3221 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3222 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3223 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3224 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
3225 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3226 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
3227 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3228 return (Bits
<5>::has_overflow32(x
)
3229 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3230 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3233 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3234 static inline typename
This::Status
3235 abs12(unsigned char* view
,
3236 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3237 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3239 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3240 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3241 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3242 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3243 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
3244 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3245 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
3246 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3247 return (Bits
<12>::has_overflow32(x
)
3248 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3249 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3252 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3253 static inline typename
This::Status
3254 abs16(unsigned char* view
,
3255 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3256 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3258 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3259 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<16, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
3260 int32_t addend
= Bits
<16>::sign_extend32(val
);
3261 Arm_address x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3262 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
3263 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, val
);
3265 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3266 return (Bits
<16>::has_signed_unsigned_overflow32(x
)
3267 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3268 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3271 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3272 static inline typename
This::Status
3273 abs32(unsigned char* view
,
3274 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3275 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3276 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3278 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3279 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
3280 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3281 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, x
);
3282 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3285 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3286 static inline typename
This::Status
3287 rel32(unsigned char* view
,
3288 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3289 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3290 Arm_address address
,
3291 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3293 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3294 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
3295 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3296 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, x
);
3297 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3300 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3301 static typename
This::Status
3302 thm_jump19(unsigned char* view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3303 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
3304 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
3306 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3307 static inline typename
This::Status
3308 thm_jump6(unsigned char* view
,
3309 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3310 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3311 Arm_address address
)
3313 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3314 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3315 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3316 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3317 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3318 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
3319 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3320 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
3321 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3322 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3323 return ((x
> 0x007e)
3324 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3325 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3328 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3329 static inline typename
This::Status
3330 thm_jump8(unsigned char* view
,
3331 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3332 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3333 Arm_address address
)
3335 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3336 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3337 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3338 int32_t addend
= Bits
<8>::sign_extend32((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
3339 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3340 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, ((val
& 0xff00)
3341 | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1)));
3342 // We do a 9-bit overflow check because x is right-shifted by 1 bit.
3343 return (Bits
<9>::has_overflow32(x
)
3344 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3345 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3348 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3349 static inline typename
This::Status
3350 thm_jump11(unsigned char* view
,
3351 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3352 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3353 Arm_address address
)
3355 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3356 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3357 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3358 int32_t addend
= Bits
<11>::sign_extend32((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
3359 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3360 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, ((val
& 0xf800)
3361 | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1)));
3362 // We do a 12-bit overflow check because x is right-shifted by 1 bit.
3363 return (Bits
<12>::has_overflow32(x
)
3364 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3365 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3368 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3369 static inline typename
This::Status
3370 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3372 Arm_address address
)
3374 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
3378 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3379 static inline typename
This::Status
3380 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
3383 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
3387 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3388 static inline typename
This::Status
3389 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
3390 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
3392 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
3393 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3396 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3397 static inline typename
This::Status
3398 got_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3399 Arm_address got_entry
,
3400 Arm_address address
)
3402 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
3403 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3406 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3407 static inline typename
This::Status
3408 prel31(unsigned char* view
,
3409 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3410 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3411 Arm_address address
,
3412 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3414 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3415 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
3416 Valtype addend
= Bits
<31>::sign_extend32(val
);
3417 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3418 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
3419 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, val
);
3420 return (Bits
<31>::has_overflow32(x
)
3421 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3422 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3425 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3426 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3427 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3428 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3429 static inline typename
This::Status
3430 movw(unsigned char* view
,
3431 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3432 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3433 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3434 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3435 bool check_overflow
)
3437 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3438 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3439 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3440 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3441 Valtype x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3442 - relative_address_base
);
3443 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3444 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3445 return ((check_overflow
&& Bits
<16>::has_overflow32(x
))
3446 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3447 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3450 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3451 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3452 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3453 static inline typename
This::Status
3454 movt(unsigned char* view
,
3455 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3456 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3457 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3459 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3460 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3461 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3462 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3463 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3464 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3465 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3466 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3467 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3470 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3471 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3472 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3473 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3474 static inline typename
This::Status
3475 thm_movw(unsigned char* view
,
3476 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3477 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3478 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3479 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3480 bool check_overflow
)
3482 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3483 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3484 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3485 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3486 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3487 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3489 (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - relative_address_base
;
3490 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3491 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3492 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3493 return ((check_overflow
&& Bits
<16>::has_overflow32(x
))
3494 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3495 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3498 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3499 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3500 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3501 static inline typename
This::Status
3502 thm_movt(unsigned char* view
,
3503 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3504 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3505 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3507 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3508 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3509 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3510 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3511 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3512 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3513 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3514 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3515 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3516 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3517 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3520 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3521 static inline typename
This::Status
3522 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view
,
3523 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3524 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3525 Arm_address address
,
3526 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3528 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3529 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3530 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3531 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3532 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3534 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3535 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3536 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3537 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3538 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3539 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3540 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3541 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3543 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3544 const int sign
= ((insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3545 || (insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3546 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3547 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3548 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xff)
3549 | ((insn
& 0x00007000) >> 4)
3550 | ((insn
& 0x04000000) >> 15);
3551 // Apply a sign to the added.
3554 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3555 - (address
& 0xfffffffc);
3556 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3557 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3558 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3559 insn
= (insn
& 0xfb0f8f00)
3561 | ((val
& 0x700) << 4)
3562 | ((val
& 0x800) << 15);
3563 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3564 // place is negative.
3568 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3569 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3570 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3571 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3574 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3575 static inline typename
This::Status
3576 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view
,
3577 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3578 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3579 Arm_address address
)
3581 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3582 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3583 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3584 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3585 Reltype addend
= ((insn
& 0x00ff) << 2);
3586 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3587 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3588 insn
= (insn
& 0xff00) | ((val
& 0x03fc) >> 2);
3590 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3591 return ((val
> 0x03fc)
3592 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3593 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3596 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3597 static inline typename
This::Status
3598 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view
,
3599 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3600 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3601 Arm_address address
)
3603 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3604 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3605 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3606 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3607 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3608 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3609 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3610 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff);
3611 // Apply a sign to the added.
3614 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3615 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3616 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3617 insn
= (insn
& 0xff7ff000) | (val
& 0xfff);
3618 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3619 // place is positive.
3623 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3624 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3625 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3626 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3630 static inline typename
This::Status
3631 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3632 unsigned char* view
,
3633 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3634 const Arm_address address
,
3635 const bool is_interworking
)
3638 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3639 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3640 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3642 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3643 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3644 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3645 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3647 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3648 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3649 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3651 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3652 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3654 int32_t veneer_address
=
3655 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3656 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3657 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3658 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3659 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3660 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3664 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3665 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3666 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3668 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3669 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3672 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3673 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3674 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3675 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3676 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3677 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3678 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3679 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3680 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3681 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3682 static inline typename
This::Status
3683 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3684 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3685 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3687 Arm_address address
,
3688 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3689 bool check_overflow
)
3691 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3692 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3693 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3694 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3696 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3697 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3698 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3699 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3700 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3702 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3703 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3704 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3705 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3706 // Initial addend value.
3707 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3708 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3709 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3710 // Apply a sign to the added.
3713 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3714 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3715 // Check for overflow if required
3717 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3718 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3720 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3721 // not to destroy the S bit.
3723 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3724 // place is negative.
3725 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3726 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3729 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3730 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3733 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3734 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3735 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3736 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3737 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3738 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3739 static inline typename
This::Status
3740 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3741 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3742 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3744 Arm_address address
)
3746 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3747 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3748 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3749 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3751 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3752 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3753 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3754 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3756 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3757 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3758 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3760 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3762 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3767 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3768 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3771 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3772 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3773 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3774 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3775 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3776 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3777 static inline typename
This::Status
3778 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3779 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3780 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3782 Arm_address address
)
3784 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3785 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3786 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3787 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3789 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3790 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3791 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3792 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3794 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3795 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3796 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3798 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3800 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3803 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3805 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3806 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3809 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3810 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3811 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3812 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3813 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3814 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3815 static inline typename
This::Status
3816 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3817 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3818 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3820 Arm_address address
)
3822 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3823 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3824 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3825 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3827 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3828 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3829 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3830 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3832 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3833 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3834 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3836 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3838 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3841 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3843 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3844 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3848 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3849 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3850 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3851 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3852 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3854 template<bool big_endian
>
3855 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3856 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3857 unsigned int r_type
,
3858 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3859 unsigned char* view
,
3860 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3861 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3863 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3864 Arm_address address
,
3865 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3866 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3868 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3869 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3870 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3872 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3873 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3874 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3875 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3876 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3877 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3878 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3880 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3881 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3883 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3884 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3886 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3888 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3889 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3891 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3893 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3894 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3896 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3898 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3899 // than it being obsolete.
3900 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3901 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3906 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3907 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3908 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3909 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3910 // on the architecture.
3911 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3912 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3913 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3915 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
3916 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3917 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3918 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3920 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3921 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3922 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3925 Valtype addend
= Bits
<26>::sign_extend32(val
<< 2);
3926 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3927 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3929 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3931 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_v5t_interworking();
3932 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3934 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
3935 && (Bits
<26>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
)
3936 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0)
3937 && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
))))
3939 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3941 Stub_type stub_type
=
3942 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3943 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3945 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3947 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3948 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3949 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3951 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3952 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3953 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3954 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3955 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3956 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3957 gold_assert(!Bits
<26>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
));
3961 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3962 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3966 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
3967 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
3970 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
3971 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3972 return (Bits
<26>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
)
3973 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3974 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3977 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3978 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3979 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3980 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3981 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3983 template<bool big_endian
>
3984 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3985 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
3986 unsigned int r_type
,
3987 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3988 unsigned char* view
,
3989 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3990 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3992 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3993 Arm_address address
,
3994 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3995 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3997 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3998 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3999 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4000 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
4002 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
4004 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
4005 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
4007 // Check that the instruction is valid.
4008 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
4010 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
4011 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4013 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4015 // This cannot be a BLX.
4017 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4019 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
4021 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
4023 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4026 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
4027 "thumb function '%s'."),
4028 object
->name().c_str(),
4029 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
4030 // Convert BLX to BL.
4031 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4037 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
4038 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
4039 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
4040 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
4041 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
4042 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
4043 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
4045 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
4046 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
4048 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
4049 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
4053 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
4054 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
4056 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4059 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4060 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4062 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
4063 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4064 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4065 branch_target
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4067 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4069 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
4071 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
4072 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
4073 && ((!thumb2
&& Bits
<23>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
))
4074 || (thumb2
&& Bits
<25>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
))
4075 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
4076 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4077 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4079 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
4081 Stub_type stub_type
=
4082 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
4083 unadjusted_branch_target
,
4086 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
4088 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
4089 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
4090 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
4092 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
4093 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
4094 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
4095 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
4096 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
4097 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
4098 branch_target
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
4099 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4103 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
4104 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
4107 gold_assert(may_use_blx
4108 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
4109 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
4110 // Make sure this is a BLX.
4111 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
4115 // Make sure this is a BL.
4116 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
4119 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
4120 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
4121 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
4122 // 1 of the base address.
4123 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
4124 gold_assert((branch_offset
& 3) == 0);
4126 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
4127 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
4128 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
4129 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4130 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4132 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4133 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4135 gold_assert(!Bits
<25>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
));
4138 ? Bits
<25>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
)
4139 : Bits
<23>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
))
4140 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4141 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4144 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
4145 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
4146 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
4147 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4149 template<bool big_endian
>
4150 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
4151 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
4152 unsigned char* view
,
4153 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
4154 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
4155 Arm_address address
,
4156 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
4158 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4159 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4160 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4161 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
4162 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
4164 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4165 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
4167 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
4168 // use this for tail calls.
4169 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
4172 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
4173 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4176 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
4177 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
4178 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
4180 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
4181 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
4182 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
4184 return (Bits
<21>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
)
4185 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4186 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4189 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
4191 template<bool big_endian
>
4192 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
4193 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
4195 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
4197 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
4199 // When using -z now, we can treat .got as a relro section.
4200 // Without -z now, it is modified after program startup by lazy
4202 bool is_got_relro
= parameters
->options().now();
4203 Output_section_order got_order
= (is_got_relro
4207 // Unlike some targets (.e.g x86), ARM does not use separate .got and
4208 // .got.plt sections in output. The output .got section contains both
4209 // PLT and non-PLT GOT entries.
4210 this->got_
= new Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>(symtab
, layout
);
4212 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4213 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4214 this->got_
, got_order
, is_got_relro
);
4216 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
4217 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
4218 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
4220 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
4221 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4222 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4223 this->got_plt_
, got_order
, is_got_relro
);
4225 // The first three entries are reserved.
4226 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
4228 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4229 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
4230 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4232 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
4234 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
4240 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4242 template<bool big_endian
>
4243 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4244 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
4246 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
4248 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
4249 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
4250 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
4251 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
,
4252 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS
, false);
4254 return this->rel_dyn_
;
4257 // Insn_template methods.
4259 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4262 Insn_template::size() const
4264 switch (this->type())
4267 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4278 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4281 Insn_template::alignment() const
4283 switch (this->type())
4286 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4297 // Stub_template methods.
4299 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4300 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
4302 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
4303 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4307 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4308 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
4310 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
4311 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
4312 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
4313 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
4314 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4316 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4317 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4319 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4322 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4323 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
4324 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4326 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4329 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4330 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4332 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4333 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4336 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4337 // Entry point cannot be data.
4338 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
4339 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4345 offset
+= insn_size
;
4347 this->size_
= offset
;
4352 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianness.
4354 template<bool big_endian
>
4356 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
4358 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
4359 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
4361 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4362 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
4363 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
4365 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4367 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4368 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
4370 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4371 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
4373 this->thumb16_special(i
));
4375 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4377 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4378 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
4379 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
4380 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
4383 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4384 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4385 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
4390 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
4392 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
4395 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4397 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4400 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4402 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
4404 // Global symbol key name
4405 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4406 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
4407 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4408 // to the symbol name size.
4409 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
4410 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
4411 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4412 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
4413 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4415 return std::string(buffer
);
4419 // local symbol key name
4420 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4421 const size_t len
= 200;
4423 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4424 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
4425 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4426 return std::string(buffer
);
4430 // Reloc_stub methods.
4432 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4433 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4434 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4435 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a little to keep the Stub
4439 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4440 unsigned int r_type
,
4441 Arm_address location
,
4442 Arm_address destination
,
4443 bool target_is_thumb
)
4445 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
4447 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4448 // big and little endianities.
4450 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
4453 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
4455 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
4456 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
4457 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4458 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4459 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4460 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4464 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
4465 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
4466 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4467 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4468 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4469 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4472 int64_t branch_offset
;
4473 bool output_is_position_independent
=
4474 parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent();
4475 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4477 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4478 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4479 if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && may_use_blx
&& !target_is_thumb
)
4480 destination
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(destination
, location
, 0x2);
4481 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4483 // Handle cases where:
4484 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4486 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4487 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4489 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4490 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4492 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4493 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4494 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4495 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4496 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4498 if (target_is_thumb
)
4503 stub_type
= (output_is_position_independent
4504 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4507 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4508 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4509 // we must be able to switch mode before
4510 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4511 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4512 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4513 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4514 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4518 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4519 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4520 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4524 stub_type
= (output_is_position_independent
4525 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4526 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4527 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4534 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4535 // object that has interwork enabled.
4537 stub_type
= (output_is_position_independent
4538 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4541 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4542 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4543 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4547 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4548 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4549 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4551 // Handle v4t short branches.
4552 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4553 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4554 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4555 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4559 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4560 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4561 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4563 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4564 if (target_is_thumb
)
4568 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4569 // object that has interwork enabled.
4571 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4572 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4573 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4574 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4575 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4576 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4577 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4579 stub_type
= (output_is_position_independent
4580 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4583 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4584 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4588 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4589 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4595 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4596 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4598 stub_type
= (output_is_position_independent
4599 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4600 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4601 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4609 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4611 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4612 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4615 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4617 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4618 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4620 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4622 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4623 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4624 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4628 // Stub_factory methods.
4630 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4632 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4633 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4635 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4636 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4637 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4639 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4640 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4641 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4644 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4646 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4648 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4649 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4650 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4651 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4654 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4655 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4657 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4658 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4659 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4660 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4661 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4662 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4663 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4664 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4667 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4669 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4671 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4672 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4673 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4674 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4675 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4676 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4679 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4681 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4683 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4684 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4685 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4686 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4687 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4690 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4691 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4692 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4694 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4695 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4696 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4699 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4700 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4701 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4703 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4704 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4705 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4706 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4709 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4710 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4711 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4713 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4715 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4716 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4717 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4718 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4719 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4722 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4723 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4725 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4726 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4727 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4728 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4729 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4732 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4733 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4735 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4736 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4737 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4738 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4739 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4740 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4743 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4745 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4747 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4748 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4749 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4750 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4751 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4752 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4753 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4754 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4757 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4759 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4761 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4762 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4763 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4764 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4765 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4766 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4767 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4770 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4772 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4773 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4780 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4782 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4783 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4784 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4788 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4790 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4792 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4795 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4797 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4800 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4801 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4802 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4803 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4805 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4808 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4809 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4810 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4812 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4813 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4814 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4817 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4818 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4819 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4821 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4822 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4824 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4828 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4829 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4830 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4831 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4839 // Stub_table methods.
4841 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stub.
4843 template<bool big_endian
>
4845 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4847 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4848 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4851 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4854 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4856 template<bool big_endian
>
4858 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4860 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4861 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4862 Output_section
* output_section
,
4863 unsigned char* view
,
4864 Arm_address address
,
4865 section_size_type view_size
)
4867 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4868 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4870 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4871 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4872 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4873 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4875 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4876 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4880 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4882 template<bool big_endian
>
4884 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4885 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4886 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4887 Output_section
* output_section
,
4888 unsigned char* view
,
4889 Arm_address address
,
4890 section_size_type view_size
)
4892 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4894 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4896 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4898 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4899 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4900 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4902 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4903 address
, view_size
);
4905 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4906 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4907 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4909 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4910 address
, view_size
);
4912 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4913 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4914 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4918 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4919 address
, view_size
);
4923 // Write out the stubs to file.
4925 template<bool big_endian
>
4927 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4929 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4930 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4931 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4932 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4934 // Write relocation stubs.
4935 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4936 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4939 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4940 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4942 == align_address(address
,
4943 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4944 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4948 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4949 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4950 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4953 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4954 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4956 == align_address(address
,
4957 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4958 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4962 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4963 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4964 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4970 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4972 == align_address(address
,
4973 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4974 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
4978 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4981 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4982 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4983 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4985 template<bool big_endian
>
4987 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4989 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4990 off_t size
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4991 unsigned addralign
= this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
4993 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4994 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4997 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4998 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4999 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
5000 + stub_template
->size());
5003 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
5004 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
5010 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
5011 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
5012 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
5013 + stub_template
->size());
5016 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
5017 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
5018 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
5019 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
5020 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
5022 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
5024 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
5029 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
5030 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
5032 template<bool big_endian
>
5034 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
5036 off_t off
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
5037 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
5038 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
5041 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5042 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
5043 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5044 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5045 stub
->set_offset(off
);
5046 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5048 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
5049 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
5050 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5051 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
5052 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
5055 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
5056 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
5062 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
5063 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
5064 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
5065 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
5066 off
+= stub_template
->size();
5069 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
5072 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
5073 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
5074 // of the address range seen by the linker.
5076 template<bool big_endian
>
5078 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
5079 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5080 unsigned char* view
,
5081 Arm_address view_address
,
5082 section_size_type view_size
)
5084 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
5085 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
5086 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
5087 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
5088 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
5091 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
5092 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
5093 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
5094 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
5095 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
5097 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
5098 section_size_type offset
=
5099 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
5100 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
5102 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
5103 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
5107 // Arm_input_section methods.
5109 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
5111 template<bool big_endian
>
5113 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
5115 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
5116 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
5118 // We have to cache original size, alignment and contents to avoid locking
5119 // the original file.
5120 this->original_addralign_
=
5121 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
));
5123 // This is not efficient but we expect only a small number of relaxed
5124 // input sections for stubs.
5125 section_size_type section_size
;
5126 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5127 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5128 this->original_size_
=
5129 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_size(shndx
));
5131 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
== NULL
);
5132 this->original_contents_
= new unsigned char[section_size
];
5133 memcpy(this->original_contents_
, section_contents
, section_size
);
5135 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
5136 // output sections are finalized.
5137 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
5138 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
5139 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
5140 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
5141 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
5143 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
5144 this->finalize_data_size();
5147 template<bool big_endian
>
5149 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5151 // We have to write out the original section content.
5152 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
!= NULL
);
5153 of
->write(this->offset(), this->original_contents_
,
5154 this->original_size_
);
5156 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
5157 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
5158 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
5161 // Finalize data size.
5163 template<bool big_endian
>
5165 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
5167 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5169 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5171 this->stub_table_
->finalize_data_size();
5172 off
= align_address(off
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
5173 off
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
5175 this->set_data_size(off
);
5178 // Reset address and file offset.
5180 template<bool big_endian
>
5182 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
5184 // Size of the original input section contents.
5185 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
5187 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
5188 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5190 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
5192 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
5193 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
5194 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5195 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
5196 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
5199 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
5202 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
5204 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianness.
5206 template<bool big_endian
>
5208 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
5210 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5211 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
5212 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5214 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
5215 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5217 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5218 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
5219 Arm_address output_offset
=
5220 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
5221 Arm_address section_start
;
5222 section_size_type section_size
;
5224 // Find out the end of the text section referred by this.
5225 if (output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
5227 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
5228 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5229 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(this->shndx_
);
5230 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5232 convert_to_section_size_type(exidx_input_section
->text_size());
5236 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5237 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5238 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
5239 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5240 section_start
= poris
->address();
5241 section_size
= convert_to_section_size_type(poris
->data_size());
5244 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5245 Arm_address output_address
= section_start
+ section_size
;
5247 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5248 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5249 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5250 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
5251 if (Bits
<31>::has_overflow32(offset
))
5252 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5253 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(oview
,
5254 prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
5255 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(oview
+ 4,
5256 elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
5258 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5261 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5263 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5264 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5265 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5266 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5267 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5269 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5270 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
5271 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
5272 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
5273 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
5274 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
5275 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
5276 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
5277 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
5279 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5281 gold_assert(deleted_bytes
!= 0
5282 && deleted_bytes
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5284 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5285 uint32_t size
= exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
;
5286 this->set_data_size(size
);
5287 this->fix_data_size();
5289 // Allocate buffer for section contents and build contents.
5290 this->section_contents_
= new unsigned char[size
];
5293 // Build the contents of a merged EXIDX output section.
5296 Arm_exidx_merged_section::build_contents(
5297 const unsigned char* original_contents
,
5298 section_size_type original_size
)
5300 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5302 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
5303 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
5304 section_offset_type in_max
=
5305 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(original_size
);
5306 section_offset_type out_max
=
5307 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->data_size());
5308 for (Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5309 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
5310 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
5313 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
5314 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
5315 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
5316 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
5319 size_t out_chunk_size
=
5320 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
5322 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
5323 && in_end
< in_max
&& out_end
< out_max
);
5325 memcpy(this->section_contents_
+ out_start
,
5326 original_contents
+ in_start
,
5328 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
5330 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
5334 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5335 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5336 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5337 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5338 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5339 // this input offset is being discarded.
5342 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5343 const Relobj
* relobj
,
5345 section_offset_type offset
,
5346 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
5348 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5349 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
5350 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
5353 section_offset_type section_size
=
5354 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5355 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
5356 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5360 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5361 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5362 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5363 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5364 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
5366 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5367 // input offset is in the valid range.
5368 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
5370 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5371 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
5372 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
5374 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
5375 // Offset is present in output.
5376 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
5378 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5385 // Write this to output file OF.
5388 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5390 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5391 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
5392 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5394 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5395 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5397 memcpy(oview
, this->section_contents_
, oview_size
);
5398 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5401 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5403 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5404 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5405 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5408 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5410 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5411 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
5413 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
5414 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
5415 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
5416 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
5417 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
5418 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5422 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5423 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5427 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
5430 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
5432 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5433 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5434 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5436 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
5438 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5439 delete_entry
= (merge_exidx_entries_
5440 && this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5441 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
5442 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
5443 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
5447 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5448 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5449 delete_entry
= false;
5450 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
5452 return delete_entry
;
5455 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5456 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5457 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5458 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5459 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5462 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5463 section_offset_type input_offset
,
5464 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
5467 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
5468 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5469 section_offset_type output_offset
;
5471 output_offset
= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
;
5473 output_offset
= input_offset
- deleted_bytes
;
5474 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
5477 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5478 // bytes deleted. SECTION_CONTENTS points to the contents of the EXIDX
5479 // section and SECTION_SIZE is the number of bytes pointed by SECTION_CONTENTS.
5480 // If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly created
5481 // Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller
5482 // owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5484 template<bool big_endian
>
5486 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5487 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
5488 const unsigned char* section_contents
,
5489 section_size_type section_size
,
5490 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
5492 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5493 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5495 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5497 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5498 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5499 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5500 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5501 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5505 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5506 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5507 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5509 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5511 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5513 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5514 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5516 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5518 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5519 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5520 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5521 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5522 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5523 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5524 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5525 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5526 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Otherwise, y1
5528 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5529 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5531 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5535 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5538 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5540 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5541 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5543 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5544 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5545 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5547 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5548 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5549 if (this->first_output_text_section_
== NULL
5550 && deleted_bytes
!= section_size
)
5552 unsigned int link
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5553 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(link
);
5554 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5555 this->first_output_text_section_
= os
;
5558 return deleted_bytes
;
5561 // Arm_output_section methods.
5563 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5564 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5566 template<bool big_endian
>
5568 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5569 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5570 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5571 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5572 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5573 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
,
5576 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5577 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5578 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5579 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5580 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5582 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5583 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5584 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5587 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5588 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5591 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5592 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5596 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5597 // Create a new relaxed input section. We need to lock the original
5599 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, owner
->relobj());
5601 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5602 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5605 // Create a stub table.
5606 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5607 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5609 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5611 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5612 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5614 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5617 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5619 // The stub table information for input sections live
5620 // in their objects.
5621 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5622 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5623 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5627 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5630 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5631 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5632 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5633 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5634 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5636 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5637 // implemented differently.
5639 template<bool big_endian
>
5641 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5642 section_size_type group_size
,
5643 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5644 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5647 // We only care about sections containing code.
5648 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5651 // States for grouping.
5654 // No group is being built.
5656 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5657 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5658 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5659 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5660 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5661 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5662 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5666 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5667 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5669 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5670 section_size_type off
= 0;
5671 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5672 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5673 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5674 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5675 this->input_sections().end();
5676 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5677 this->input_sections().end();
5678 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5679 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5680 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5683 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5684 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5685 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5686 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5688 // Check to see if we should group the previously seen sections.
5694 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5695 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5696 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5698 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5700 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5701 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5702 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
,
5708 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5709 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5710 // handled by it too.
5711 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5712 stub_table
= group_end
;
5713 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5718 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5719 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5721 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5723 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5724 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5725 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
5734 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5735 // a new one. Skip any empty sections. We look at the data size
5736 // instead of calling p->relobj()->section_size() to avoid locking.
5737 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5738 && (p
->data_size() != 0))
5740 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5742 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5744 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5747 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5749 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5752 off
= section_end_offset
;
5755 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5756 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5758 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5759 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5760 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5763 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
5766 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5767 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5768 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5770 // Update the section offsets
5771 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5773 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5774 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5775 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5776 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5777 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5778 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5782 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5783 // order of their position in this.
5785 template<bool big_endian
>
5787 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5788 Text_section_list
* list
)
5790 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5792 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5793 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5796 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5797 // ignore any merged sections.
5798 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5799 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5804 template<bool big_endian
>
5806 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5808 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5809 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5810 bool merge_exidx_entries
,
5813 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5814 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5816 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5817 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5818 this->discard_states();
5820 // Remove all input sections.
5821 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5822 typedef std::list
<Output_section::Input_section
> Input_section_list
;
5823 Input_section_list input_sections
;
5824 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5825 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5827 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5828 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5830 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5831 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5832 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
, const Output_section::Input_section
*,
5833 Section_id_hash
> Text_to_exidx_map
;
5834 Text_to_exidx_map text_to_exidx_map
;
5835 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5836 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5839 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5840 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5841 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5842 text_to_exidx_map
[Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx())] = &(*p
);
5845 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this, merge_exidx_entries
);
5847 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5848 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5849 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5850 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5851 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5854 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5855 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5857 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5858 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5859 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5860 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5862 // If this text section has no EXIDX section or if the EXIDX section
5863 // has errors, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing to the end
5864 // of the last seen EXIDX section.
5865 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
|| exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
5867 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5871 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5872 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5873 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5874 Text_to_exidx_map::const_iterator iter
= text_to_exidx_map
.find(sid
);
5875 if (iter
== text_to_exidx_map
.end())
5877 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5878 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5879 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5880 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5881 if (layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5882 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5883 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5884 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5886 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5887 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5888 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5890 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5894 // We need to access the contents of the EXIDX section, lock the
5896 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, exidx_relobj
);
5897 section_size_type exidx_size
;
5898 const unsigned char* exidx_contents
=
5899 exidx_relobj
->section_contents(exidx_shndx
, &exidx_size
, false);
5901 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5902 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5903 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5904 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5907 §ion_offset_map
);
5909 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5911 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5912 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5913 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5915 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5916 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5917 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5919 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5921 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5922 // section into a relaxed section.
5923 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5925 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5926 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5927 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5928 merged_section
->build_contents(exidx_contents
, exidx_size
);
5930 const std::string secname
= exidx_relobj
->section_name(exidx_shndx
);
5931 this->add_relaxed_input_section(layout
, merged_section
, secname
);
5932 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5934 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5935 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5937 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5941 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5942 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5943 const Output_section::Input_section
* pis
= iter
->second
;
5944 gold_assert(pis
->is_input_section());
5945 this->add_script_input_section(*pis
);
5948 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5951 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5952 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5954 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5955 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5956 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5959 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5960 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5962 // We discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5963 // text section has been folded by ICF. We also discard an
5964 // EXIDX section with error, the output does not matter in this
5965 // case. We do this to avoid triggering asserts.
5966 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5967 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5968 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5969 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5970 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5971 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
5973 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5974 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
5977 // Remove this from link. We also need to recount the
5979 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
5980 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5984 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
5985 // set correct entry size.
5986 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup
.first_output_text_section());
5987 this->set_entsize(8);
5989 // Make changes permanent.
5990 this->save_states();
5991 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5994 // Link EXIDX output sections to text output sections.
5996 template<bool big_endian
>
5998 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::set_exidx_section_link()
6000 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
6001 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
6003 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
6004 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
6005 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
6006 unsigned exidx_shndx
= p
->shndx();
6007 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6008 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(exidx_shndx
);
6009 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
6010 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
6011 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
6012 this->set_link_section(os
);
6016 // Arm_relobj methods.
6018 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
6019 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
6020 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
6021 // look up ICF information.
6023 template<bool big_endian
>
6025 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_is_scannable(
6026 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6028 const Output_section
* os
,
6029 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6031 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
6032 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
6033 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
6034 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
6035 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
6038 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
6039 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
6042 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
6043 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
6044 // we cannot handle.
6045 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
6047 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6048 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
6056 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
6057 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6059 template<bool big_endian
>
6061 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
6062 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6063 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
6064 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6065 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
6067 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6068 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6071 // Ignore empty section.
6072 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
6076 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
6077 // error will be reported in the final link.
6078 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
6081 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6082 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6083 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6085 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6087 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
6088 // The error will be reported in the final link.
6089 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
6092 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
6093 // reported in the final link.
6094 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6095 if (index
>= this->shnum())
6098 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6099 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
6100 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, index
,
6101 out_sections
[index
], symtab
);
6104 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
6105 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
6106 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
6107 // for large output.
6109 template<bool big_endian
>
6111 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::simple_input_section_output_address(
6115 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
6117 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6118 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
6119 // We do not handle merged sections here.
6120 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6121 return poris
->address();
6124 return os
->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
6127 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
6128 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6130 template<bool big_endian
>
6132 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
6133 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6136 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6138 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr
, shndx
, os
, symtab
))
6141 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
6143 Arm_address address
= this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6144 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
6150 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
6152 template<bool big_endian
>
6154 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
6155 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6158 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
6160 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
6162 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
6163 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
6164 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
6166 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
6167 // section. Issue a warning if section is marked as containing
6169 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end() || p
->first
.first
!= shndx
)
6171 if ((this->section_flags(shndx
) & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
6172 gold_warning(_("cannot scan executable section %u of %s for Cortex-A8 "
6173 "erratum because it has no mapping symbols."),
6174 shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6178 Arm_address output_address
=
6179 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
6181 // Get the section contents.
6182 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6183 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6184 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
6186 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
6187 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
6188 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
6189 // to speed up the scanning.
6191 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6192 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6194 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
6195 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
6197 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
6198 if (p
->second
== 't')
6200 // Determine the end of this range.
6201 section_size_type span_start
=
6202 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
6203 section_size_type span_end
;
6204 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
6205 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
6206 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
6208 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6210 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
6211 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
6213 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
6214 span_start
, span_end
,
6224 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
6226 template<bool big_endian
>
6228 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
6229 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
6230 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6231 const Layout
* layout
)
6233 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6234 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6236 // Read the section headers.
6237 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6241 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
6242 // input offsets to output addresses.
6243 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
6245 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6247 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6248 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6249 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6250 relinfo
.object
= this;
6252 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
6253 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6254 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6256 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6257 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
6260 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6261 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
6262 Arm_address output_address
;
6263 if (output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
6264 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
6267 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
6268 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
6269 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
6270 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
6271 output_address
= poris
->address();
6274 // Get the relocations.
6275 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6279 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
6280 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
6281 // output view under such circumstances.
6282 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
6283 const unsigned char* input_view
=
6284 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
6286 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
6287 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
6288 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6289 unsigned int reloc_size
;
6290 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6291 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6293 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6295 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
6296 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
6297 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
6299 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
6300 input_view
, output_address
,
6305 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
6306 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
6307 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
6308 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
6309 // scanning is done first.
6310 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
6312 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6313 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6315 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6316 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
6319 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
6324 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6325 // since we no longer need them.
6326 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6329 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6330 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6331 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6332 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6333 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6334 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6335 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol target hook inside
6336 // Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6338 template<bool big_endian
>
6340 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6341 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6342 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6344 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6347 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6348 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6349 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6353 // Initialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6354 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
6355 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
6357 // Read the symbol table section header.
6358 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6359 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6360 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6361 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6363 // Read the local symbols.
6364 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6365 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6366 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6367 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6368 locsize
, true, true);
6370 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6371 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
6372 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6374 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
6378 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6379 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
6380 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6382 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6383 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
6386 const char* pnames
=
6387 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6388 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
6391 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6392 // to THUMB functions.
6394 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6396 typename Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
6397 this->local_values();
6398 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6400 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6401 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
6402 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
6403 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
6405 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6406 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
6407 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
6410 unsigned int input_shndx
=
6411 this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6412 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6414 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6415 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
6416 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
6419 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6420 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
6422 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6423 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6424 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
6425 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
6426 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
6431 // Relocate sections.
6432 template<bool big_endian
>
6434 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
6435 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6436 const Layout
* layout
,
6437 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
6439 typename Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
6441 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6442 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
,
6443 pshdrs
, of
, pviews
);
6445 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6446 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
6449 // Relocate stub tables.
6450 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6452 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
6453 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
6455 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6456 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6457 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6458 relinfo
.object
= this;
6460 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
6462 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
6463 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
6465 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
6466 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
6467 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
6469 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6470 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6471 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6473 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6474 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
6475 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
6476 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6478 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
6480 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6482 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
6483 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
6484 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
6485 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
6487 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6488 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
6489 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
6490 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
6492 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
6496 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6497 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
6499 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
6500 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6501 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
6502 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
6504 // Adjust view to cover section.
6505 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6506 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6507 Arm_address section_address
=
6508 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i
, os
);
6509 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
6511 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
6512 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
6513 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
6515 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
6517 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6518 // corresponding to this input section.
6519 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6528 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the first
6529 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6530 // must be linked to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6531 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6532 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6533 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6534 // discover the linked code section.
6536 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6537 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6538 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6541 template<bool big_endian
>
6543 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::find_linked_text_section(
6544 const unsigned char* pshdr
,
6545 const unsigned char* psyms
,
6546 unsigned int* pshndx
)
6548 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdr
);
6550 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6552 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6553 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6555 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6556 size_t reloc_count
= shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
;
6558 // Get the relocations.
6559 const unsigned char* prelocs
=
6560 this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(), shdr
.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6562 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6563 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
6565 Arm_address r_offset
;
6566 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
;
6567 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6569 typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6570 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6571 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6575 typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6576 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6577 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6580 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
6581 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
&& r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
)
6584 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
6586 || r_sym
>= this->local_symbol_count()
6590 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6591 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6592 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6593 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
+ r_sym
* sym_size
);
6594 if (sym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
6598 this->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6599 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6609 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6610 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6611 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6613 template<bool big_endian
>
6615 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
6617 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6618 unsigned int text_shndx
,
6619 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& text_shdr
)
6621 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6622 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6623 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
6624 shdr
.get_sh_addralign(),
6625 text_shdr
.get_sh_size());
6627 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
6628 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6630 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
|| text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6632 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to invalid section %u in %s"),
6633 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
, text_shndx
,
6634 this->name().c_str());
6635 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6637 else if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
6639 unsigned other_exidx_shndx
=
6640 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx();
6641 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %s(%u) and %s(%u) both link to text section"
6643 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6644 this->section_name(other_exidx_shndx
).c_str(),
6645 other_exidx_shndx
, this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(),
6646 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6647 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6650 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6652 // Check section flags of text section.
6653 if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
6655 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-allocated section %s(%u) "
6657 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6658 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6659 this->name().c_str());
6660 exidx_input_section
->set_has_errors();
6662 else if ((text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
6663 // I would like to make this an error but currently ld just ignores
6665 gold_warning(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-executable section "
6667 this->section_name(shndx
).c_str(), shndx
,
6668 this->section_name(text_shndx
).c_str(), text_shndx
,
6669 this->name().c_str());
6672 // Read the symbol information.
6674 template<bool big_endian
>
6676 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6678 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6679 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6681 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
6682 // specific flags and attributes section.
6683 Input_file::Format format
= this->input_file()->format();
6684 if (format
!= Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
6686 gold_assert(format
== Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY
);
6687 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6691 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6692 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6693 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6695 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6696 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6698 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6700 std::vector
<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections
;
6701 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6702 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6703 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6704 bool must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= false;
6705 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6707 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6709 // Sometimes an object has no contents except the section name string
6710 // table and an empty symbol table with the undefined symbol. We
6711 // don't want to merge processor-specific flags from such an object.
6712 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
)
6714 // Symbol table is not empty.
6715 const elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword sym_size
=
6716 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6717 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() > sym_size
)
6718 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6720 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6721 // If this is neither an empty symbol table nor a string table,
6723 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6725 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6727 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
6728 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6729 section_size_type section_size
=
6730 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6731 const unsigned char* view
=
6732 this->get_view(section_offset
, section_size
, true, false);
6733 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6734 new Attributes_section_data(view
, section_size
);
6736 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6738 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6739 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6740 deferred_exidx_sections
.push_back(i
);
6743 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6744 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6745 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6747 // EHABI 4.4.1 requires that SHF_LINK_ORDER flag to be set.
6748 if ((shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER
) == 0)
6749 gold_warning(_("SHF_LINK_ORDER not set in EXIDX section %s of %s"),
6750 this->section_name(i
).c_str(), this->name().c_str());
6755 if (!must_merge_flags_and_attributes
)
6757 gold_assert(deferred_exidx_sections
.empty());
6758 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6762 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6763 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6764 if (!deferred_exidx_sections
.empty())
6766 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6767 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6768 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6769 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6770 // want to slow down the most common path.
6771 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map
;
6772 Reloc_map reloc_map
;
6773 ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6774 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6776 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6777 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6778 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
|| sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6780 unsigned int info_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6781 if (info_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6782 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6784 Reloc_map::value_type
value(info_shndx
, i
);
6785 std::pair
<Reloc_map::iterator
, bool> result
=
6786 reloc_map
.insert(value
);
6788 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6790 info_shndx
, i
, reloc_map
[info_shndx
]);
6794 // Read the symbol table section header.
6795 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6796 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6797 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6798 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6800 // Read the local symbols.
6801 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6802 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6803 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6804 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6805 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6806 locsize
, true, true);
6808 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6809 for (unsigned int i
= 0; i
< deferred_exidx_sections
.size(); ++i
)
6811 unsigned int shndx
= deferred_exidx_sections
[i
];
6812 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdrs
+ shndx
* shdr_size
);
6813 unsigned int text_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6814 Reloc_map::const_iterator it
= reloc_map
.find(shndx
);
6815 if (it
!= reloc_map
.end())
6816 find_linked_text_section(pshdrs
+ it
->second
* shdr_size
,
6817 psyms
, &text_shndx
);
6818 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
6819 + text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
6820 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx
, shdr
, text_shndx
, text_shdr
);
6825 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6826 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6827 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implicit
6828 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6829 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6830 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6832 template<bool big_endian
>
6834 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6836 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6838 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6839 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6841 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6842 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6843 if (!parameters
->options().gc_sections())
6846 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6847 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6848 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6852 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6853 // to these from the linked text sections.
6854 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6855 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6857 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6858 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6860 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6861 // sections from its linked text section.
6862 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6863 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6868 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6869 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6870 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6871 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6873 template<bool big_endian
>
6875 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6877 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6878 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6879 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6881 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6882 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6884 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6888 // Read the symbol table section header.
6889 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6890 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6891 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6892 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6894 // Read the local symbols.
6895 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6896 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6897 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6898 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6899 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6900 locsize
, true, true);
6902 // Loop over the local symbols.
6904 typedef typename Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6906 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6907 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6908 unsigned int count
= 0;
6909 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6911 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6913 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6915 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6917 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6918 if (lv
.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv
.has_output_symtab_entry())
6922 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6927 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6929 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6932 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6936 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6937 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6938 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6939 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6940 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6942 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6943 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6944 if (output_offset
== -1)
6946 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6947 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6948 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6957 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6958 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6961 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6963 // Read the symbol information.
6965 template<bool big_endian
>
6967 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6969 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6970 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6972 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6973 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6974 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6976 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6977 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6979 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6980 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6981 // the section headers.
6982 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6983 const unsigned char* ps
=
6984 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
6985 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
6987 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6988 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6990 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6991 section_size_type section_size
=
6992 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6993 const unsigned char* view
=
6994 this->get_view(section_offset
, section_size
, true, false);
6995 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6996 new Attributes_section_data(view
, section_size
);
7002 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
7004 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
7006 template<bool big_endian
>
7007 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
7008 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
7009 unsigned int r_type
,
7010 const unsigned char* view
,
7011 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
7013 typedef class Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
7017 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7018 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7019 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7021 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7022 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7023 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7024 return Bits
<26>::sign_extend32(val
<< 2);
7027 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7028 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7029 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
7031 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7032 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7033 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7034 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
7035 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
7038 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7040 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7041 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
7042 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
7043 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
7044 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
7052 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
7054 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
7055 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
7056 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
7057 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
7058 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
7060 template<bool big_endian
>
7062 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7063 unsigned int got_type
,
7066 if (gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
))
7069 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7071 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
7072 gsym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
7073 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
7074 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
7075 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
7079 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
7081 template<bool big_endian
>
7083 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7084 unsigned int got_type
,
7085 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7088 if (object
->local_has_got_offset(index
, got_type
))
7091 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7093 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
7094 object
->set_local_got_offset(index
, got_type
, got_offset
);
7095 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
7096 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
7097 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
7101 template<bool big_endian
>
7103 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7105 // Call parent to write out GOT.
7106 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
7108 // We are done if there is no fix up.
7109 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
7112 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
7114 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7115 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7116 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7117 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7119 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
7120 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
7122 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
7123 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
7124 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
7125 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7127 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
7129 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
7132 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
7134 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
7135 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
=
7136 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
7138 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7139 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
7141 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
7142 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
7144 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
7145 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
7146 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
7148 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
7149 " object %s in GOT"),
7150 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
7154 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
7158 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
7159 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
7160 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
7161 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
7163 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7164 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
7165 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
7166 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
7167 || gsym
->is_undefined())
7168 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7170 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
7175 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7177 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
=
7178 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
7179 value
= sym
->value();
7185 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
7186 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
7188 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
7189 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
7191 switch (reloc
.r_type())
7193 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7196 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7197 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
7202 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
7205 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7208 // A class to handle the PLT data.
7209 // This is an abstract base class that handles most of the linker details
7210 // but does not know the actual contents of PLT entries. The derived
7211 // classes below fill in those details.
7213 template<bool big_endian
>
7214 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
7217 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
7220 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, uint64_t addralign
, Output_data_space
*);
7222 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7224 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
7226 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
7227 const Reloc_section
*
7229 { return this->rel_
; }
7231 // Return the number of PLT entries.
7234 { return this->count_
; }
7236 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7238 first_plt_entry_offset() const
7239 { return this->do_first_plt_entry_offset(); }
7241 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
7243 get_plt_entry_size() const
7244 { return this->do_get_plt_entry_size(); }
7247 // Fill in the first PLT entry.
7249 fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
7250 Arm_address got_address
,
7251 Arm_address plt_address
)
7252 { this->do_fill_first_plt_entry(pov
, got_address
, plt_address
); }
7255 fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
7256 Arm_address got_address
,
7257 Arm_address plt_address
,
7258 unsigned int got_offset
,
7259 unsigned int plt_offset
)
7260 { do_fill_plt_entry(pov
, got_address
, plt_address
, got_offset
, plt_offset
); }
7262 virtual unsigned int
7263 do_first_plt_entry_offset() const = 0;
7265 virtual unsigned int
7266 do_get_plt_entry_size() const = 0;
7269 do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
7270 Arm_address got_address
,
7271 Arm_address plt_address
) = 0;
7274 do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
7275 Arm_address got_address
,
7276 Arm_address plt_address
,
7277 unsigned int got_offset
,
7278 unsigned int plt_offset
) = 0;
7281 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
7283 // Write to a map file.
7285 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
7286 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
7289 // Set the final size.
7291 set_final_data_size()
7293 this->set_data_size(this->first_plt_entry_offset()
7294 + this->count_
* this->get_plt_entry_size());
7297 // Write out the PLT data.
7299 do_write(Output_file
*);
7301 // The reloc section.
7302 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
7303 // The .got.plt section.
7304 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
7305 // The number of PLT entries.
7306 unsigned int count_
;
7309 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
7310 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
7311 // section just for PLT entries.
7313 template<bool big_endian
>
7314 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
7316 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
7317 : Output_section_data(addralign
), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
7319 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
7320 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
7321 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
,
7322 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS
, false);
7325 template<bool big_endian
>
7327 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
7332 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7334 template<bool big_endian
>
7336 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
7338 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
7340 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
7341 // reserved PLT entry.
7342 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * this->get_plt_entry_size()
7343 + this->first_plt_entry_offset());
7347 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
7349 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
7350 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
7351 // lazily when the function is called).
7352 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
7354 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
7355 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
7356 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
7359 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
7360 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
7361 // appear in the relocations.
7364 template<bool big_endian
>
7365 class Output_data_plt_arm_standard
: public Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>
7368 Output_data_plt_arm_standard(Layout
* layout
, Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
7369 : Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, 4, got_plt
)
7373 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7374 virtual unsigned int
7375 do_first_plt_entry_offset() const
7376 { return sizeof(first_plt_entry
); }
7378 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
7379 virtual unsigned int
7380 do_get_plt_entry_size() const
7381 { return sizeof(plt_entry
); }
7384 do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
7385 Arm_address got_address
,
7386 Arm_address plt_address
);
7389 do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
7390 Arm_address got_address
,
7391 Arm_address plt_address
,
7392 unsigned int got_offset
,
7393 unsigned int plt_offset
);
7396 // Template for the first PLT entry.
7397 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
7399 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
7400 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
7404 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
7405 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
7406 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
7408 // The first entry in the PLT.
7409 template<bool big_endian
>
7410 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm_standard
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
7412 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
7413 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
7414 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
7415 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
7416 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
7419 template<bool big_endian
>
7421 Output_data_plt_arm_standard
<big_endian
>::do_fill_first_plt_entry(
7423 Arm_address got_address
,
7424 Arm_address plt_address
)
7426 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
7427 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7428 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
7429 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
7430 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
7431 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
7432 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
7433 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
7436 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
7438 template<bool big_endian
>
7439 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm_standard
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
7441 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
7442 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
7443 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
7446 template<bool big_endian
>
7448 Output_data_plt_arm_standard
<big_endian
>::do_fill_plt_entry(
7450 Arm_address got_address
,
7451 Arm_address plt_address
,
7452 unsigned int got_offset
,
7453 unsigned int plt_offset
)
7455 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
7456 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
7458 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
7459 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
7460 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
7461 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
7462 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
7463 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
7464 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
7467 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
7468 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
7469 // Processor Supplement.
7471 template<bool big_endian
>
7473 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7475 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7476 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7477 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7478 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7480 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
7481 const section_size_type got_size
=
7482 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
7483 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
7485 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
7487 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
7488 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
7490 // Write first PLT entry.
7491 this->fill_first_plt_entry(pov
, got_address
, plt_address
);
7492 pov
+= this->first_plt_entry_offset();
7494 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
7496 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
7499 unsigned int plt_offset
= this->first_plt_entry_offset();
7500 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
7501 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
7502 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
7505 pov
+= this->get_plt_entry_size(),
7507 plt_offset
+= this->get_plt_entry_size(),
7510 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7511 this->fill_plt_entry(pov
, got_address
, plt_address
,
7512 got_offset
, plt_offset
);
7514 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7515 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
7518 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
7519 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
7521 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7522 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
7525 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7527 template<bool big_endian
>
7529 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
7532 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7535 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7537 // Create the GOT sections first.
7538 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7540 this->plt_
= this->make_data_plt(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
7542 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7544 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7545 this->plt_
, ORDER_PLT
, false);
7547 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
7550 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
7552 template<bool big_endian
>
7554 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_count() const
7556 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7558 return this->plt_
->entry_count();
7561 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7563 template<bool big_endian
>
7565 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset() const
7567 return this->plt_
->first_plt_entry_offset();
7570 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
7572 template<bool big_endian
>
7574 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry_size() const
7576 return this->plt_
->get_plt_entry_size();
7579 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7581 template<bool big_endian
>
7582 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7583 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
7585 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout
);
7588 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7590 template<bool big_endian
>
7592 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7593 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7596 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
7599 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
7600 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
7602 bool is_exec
= parameters
->options().output_is_executable();
7603 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
7604 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7608 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7610 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7611 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START
),
7614 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
7617 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7619 template<bool big_endian
>
7621 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
7622 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7624 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
)
7626 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
7628 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
7629 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
= this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7630 unsigned int got_offset
;
7631 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7633 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
7634 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= this->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7635 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, got
,
7640 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7642 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
7645 got
->add_constant(0);
7646 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
7648 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
7651 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7652 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7653 // known at link time.
7655 template<bool big_endian
>
7656 tls::Tls_optimization
7657 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7659 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7660 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
7663 // Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation.
7665 template<bool big_endian
>
7667 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type
)
7671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7674 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7675 // No symbol reference.
7678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7689 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
;
7691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7693 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7695 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7696 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7697 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7699 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7703 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7704 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7705 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7711 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7712 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7713 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7714 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7715 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7716 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7717 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7718 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7719 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7720 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7721 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7722 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7723 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7724 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7725 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7726 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7727 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7728 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7729 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7730 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7731 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7732 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7733 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7735 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7736 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7737 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7738 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7739 return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF
;
7741 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7743 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7744 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7745 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7746 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7747 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7748 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7749 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7750 // R_ARM_PREL31 is not used to relocate call/jump instructions but
7751 // in unwind tables. It may point to functions via PLTs.
7752 // So we treat it like call/jump relocations above.
7753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7754 return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
| Symbol::RELATIVE_REF
;
7756 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7757 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
7758 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7760 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
;
7762 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7763 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7764 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7765 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7767 return Symbol::TLS_REF
;
7769 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7770 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7771 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7773 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7774 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7775 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7776 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7777 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7778 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7780 // Not expected. We will give an error later.
7785 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7787 template<bool big_endian
>
7789 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7790 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7791 unsigned int r_type
)
7793 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7794 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7797 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7798 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7799 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7800 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7801 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7802 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7803 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7805 template<bool big_endian
>
7807 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
7808 unsigned int r_type
)
7812 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7813 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7814 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7815 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7816 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7817 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7818 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7819 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7820 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7822 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
7823 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7824 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7829 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7830 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7831 // error per object file.
7832 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
7834 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7835 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
7836 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
7837 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7838 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7839 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
7840 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
7844 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7849 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7850 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7851 // on ARM v5te devices.
7853 template<bool big_endian
>
7855 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7858 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7859 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7860 Output_section
* output_section
,
7861 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7862 unsigned int r_type
,
7863 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
,
7869 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7872 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7873 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7874 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7880 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7881 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7882 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7883 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7884 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7885 // relocate it easily.
7886 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7888 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7889 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7890 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7891 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7892 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7893 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7894 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7898 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7899 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7900 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7901 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7902 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7903 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7904 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7905 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7906 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7907 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7908 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7909 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7910 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7911 // relocation statically.
7912 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7914 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7915 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7916 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7917 if (lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
7918 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
7919 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7922 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_value() == 0);
7923 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7925 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
,
7928 object
->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7931 rel_dyn
->add_local_section(object
, shndx
,
7932 r_type
, output_section
,
7933 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7938 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7939 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7940 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7941 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7942 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7943 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7944 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7945 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7946 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7947 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7948 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7949 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7950 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7951 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7952 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7953 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7954 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7955 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7956 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7957 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7958 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7959 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7960 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7961 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7962 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7963 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7964 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7965 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7966 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7967 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7968 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7969 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7970 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7971 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7972 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7973 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7974 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7975 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7976 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7977 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7978 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7979 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7980 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7981 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7982 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7983 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7984 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7985 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7986 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7987 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7988 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7989 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7990 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7991 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7992 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7993 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7994 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7995 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7998 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7999 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
8000 // We need a GOT section:
8001 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8004 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8005 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8007 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
8008 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
8009 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8010 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
8011 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
8013 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
8014 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
8015 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
8017 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8018 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
8019 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
8020 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
8021 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8027 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8028 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8029 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
8031 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
8032 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
8033 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
8034 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
8035 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
8036 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
8037 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
8038 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
8042 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
8044 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8045 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8046 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8047 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8048 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8050 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
8051 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8052 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared
,
8056 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8057 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8059 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
8060 // dtv-relative offset.
8061 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8062 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8063 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
8064 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
8066 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
8069 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
8074 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8075 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, shndx
,
8077 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8078 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
);
8080 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
8084 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8088 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8089 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8091 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8092 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
8095 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8099 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8102 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8103 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8104 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8106 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8107 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8108 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8109 unsigned int r_sym
=
8110 elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
8111 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8112 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
8113 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8114 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
8115 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
8116 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
8118 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8119 unsigned int got_offset
=
8120 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8121 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
8122 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, object
,
8127 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8131 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8132 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8133 if (output_is_shared
)
8135 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8136 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
);
8137 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
8138 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8139 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
8140 output_section
, data_shndx
,
8141 reloc
.get_r_offset());
8151 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8152 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
8153 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
8154 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
8156 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
8161 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
8163 template<bool big_endian
>
8165 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
8166 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8167 unsigned int r_type
,
8170 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
8171 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
8174 template<bool big_endian
>
8176 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc(
8177 unsigned int r_type
)
8181 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8182 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8183 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8184 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8185 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8186 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8187 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
8188 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8189 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8190 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8191 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8192 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8193 // All the relocations above are branches except SBREL31 and PREL31.
8197 // Be conservative and assume this is a function pointer.
8202 template<bool big_endian
>
8204 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8207 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8208 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*,
8211 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
8212 unsigned int r_type
,
8213 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
8215 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8216 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
8219 template<bool big_endian
>
8221 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8224 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8225 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>*,
8228 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
8229 unsigned int r_type
,
8232 // GOT is not a function.
8233 if (strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8236 r_type
= target
->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8237 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
);
8240 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
8242 template<bool big_endian
>
8244 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8247 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8248 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8249 Output_section
* output_section
,
8250 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
8251 unsigned int r_type
,
8254 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
8255 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
8256 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
8257 if (!target
->has_got_section()
8258 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8259 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8261 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8264 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8265 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
8266 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8267 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8270 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8271 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8272 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8273 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8274 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8275 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8276 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8277 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8278 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8279 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8280 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8281 // Absolute addressing relocations.
8283 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
8284 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
8286 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
8287 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
8288 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
8289 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
8291 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
8292 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
8294 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8295 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
8297 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
8299 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
8300 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8302 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
8303 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
)
8304 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
8306 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8307 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
8308 output_section
, object
,
8309 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8313 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8314 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8315 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8316 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8322 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8323 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
8324 // We need a GOT section.
8325 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8328 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8329 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8330 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
8331 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8332 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8333 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8334 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8335 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8336 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8337 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8338 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8339 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
8340 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8341 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8342 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8343 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8344 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8345 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8346 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8347 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
8348 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
8349 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
8350 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
8351 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
8352 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
8353 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8354 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8355 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8356 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8357 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8358 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8359 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
8360 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
8361 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
8362 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
8363 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
8364 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
8365 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
8366 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
8367 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8368 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8369 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8370 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8371 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8372 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8373 // Relative addressing relocations.
8375 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8376 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
8378 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
8380 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
8381 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
8385 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
8386 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8387 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
8388 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8394 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8395 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8396 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8397 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8398 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8399 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
8400 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8401 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8402 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8403 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8404 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8405 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
8406 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
8407 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
8408 // call the personality routine and the dynamic linkers we care about
8409 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
8410 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
8411 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
8412 // a local section symbol.
8414 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
8415 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
8416 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8418 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
8419 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
8421 if (gsym
->is_defined()
8422 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8423 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
8425 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
8428 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8429 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
8430 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8432 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
8433 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
8434 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8435 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
8436 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
8439 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
8440 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
8441 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8442 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8443 || gsym
->is_undefined()
8444 || gsym
->is_preemptible()
8445 || (gsym
->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED
8446 && parameters
->options().shared()))
8447 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
8448 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
8451 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
8452 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
8453 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
8454 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8460 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8461 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8462 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
8464 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
8465 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
8466 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
8467 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
8468 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
8469 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
8470 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
8471 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
8474 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8476 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8477 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8478 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8479 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8480 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8482 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
8483 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8484 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
8487 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8488 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8490 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
8491 // dtv-relative offset.
8492 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8493 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8494 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8495 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
8496 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8497 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
8498 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
);
8500 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
, gsym
);
8503 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8507 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8508 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8510 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8511 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
8514 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8518 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8521 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8522 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8523 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8525 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8526 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
8527 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8528 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
8529 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
8530 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
8531 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
8532 else if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
8534 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8535 unsigned int got_offset
=
8536 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
8537 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
8538 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, gsym
);
8542 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8546 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8547 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
8548 if (parameters
->options().shared())
8550 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8551 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
8552 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
8553 output_section
, object
,
8554 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
8564 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8565 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
8566 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
8567 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
8569 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
8574 // Process relocations for gc.
8576 template<bool big_endian
>
8578 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(
8579 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8581 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8582 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8584 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8586 Output_section
* output_section
,
8587 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8588 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8589 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8591 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
8592 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8594 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
,
8595 typename
Target_arm::Relocatable_size_for_reloc
>(
8604 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8609 // Scan relocations for a section.
8611 template<bool big_endian
>
8613 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8615 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8616 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8617 unsigned int sh_type
,
8618 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8620 Output_section
* output_section
,
8621 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8622 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8623 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
8625 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
8626 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
8628 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
8629 object
->name().c_str());
8633 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
8642 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8647 // Finalize the sections.
8649 template<bool big_endian
>
8651 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
8653 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
8656 bool merged_any_attributes
= false;
8657 // Merge processor-specific flags.
8658 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
8659 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
8662 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
8663 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
8664 if (arm_relobj
->merge_flags_and_attributes())
8666 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8668 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8669 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
8670 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
8671 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8675 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
8676 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
8679 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
8680 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
8681 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8683 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8684 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
8685 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
8686 merged_any_attributes
= true;
8689 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
8690 // at this moment. This happens if there is no attributes sections in all
8692 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
8693 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(NULL
, 0);
8695 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
8696 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
8697 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
8698 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
8699 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
8702 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
8703 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
8705 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
8706 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
8707 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
8708 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
8709 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
8710 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
8713 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
8714 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
8715 // which is not specified for some profiles.
8716 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
8717 && !this->may_use_v4t_interworking())
8718 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8719 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8721 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8722 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
8724 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
8725 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
8726 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
8728 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8730 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
8731 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
8733 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8734 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8736 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
8738 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
8739 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8741 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8742 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8743 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8745 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0,
8748 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
8749 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
8750 exidx_segment
->add_output_section_to_nonload(exidx_section
,
8756 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if we have merged any attributes
8758 if (merged_any_attributes
)
8760 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
8761 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
8762 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8763 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
8764 attributes_section
, ORDER_INVALID
,
8768 // Fix up links in section EXIDX headers.
8769 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
8770 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
8772 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
8774 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* os
=
8775 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
8776 os
->set_exidx_section_link();
8780 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8781 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8782 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8783 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8784 // apply the static relocation.
8786 template<bool big_endian
>
8788 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8789 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8790 unsigned int r_type
,
8792 Output_section
* output_section
)
8794 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8795 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8797 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
8800 int ref_flags
= Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
);
8802 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8803 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8804 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8805 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8807 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
8808 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8811 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8812 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8813 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8815 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
8816 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8817 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8818 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
8819 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
8822 // Perform a relocation.
8824 template<bool big_endian
>
8826 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
8827 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8829 Output_section
* output_section
,
8831 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8832 unsigned int r_type
,
8833 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8834 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8835 unsigned char* view
,
8836 Arm_address address
,
8837 section_size_type view_size
)
8839 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
8841 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8842 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
8843 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8844 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
8846 std::string reloc_name
=
8847 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8848 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8849 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8850 reloc_name
.c_str());
8854 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
8855 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8857 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8858 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8859 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
8860 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
8861 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
8862 bool have_got_offset
= false;
8863 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
8865 // If the relocation uses the GOT entry of a symbol instead of the symbol
8866 // itself, we don't care about whether the symbol is defined or what kind
8868 if (reloc_property
->uses_got_entry())
8870 // Get the GOT offset.
8871 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8872 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8873 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8874 // TODO: We should move GOT offset computing code in TLS relocations
8878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8882 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8883 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8884 - target
->got_size());
8888 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8889 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
8890 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8891 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8892 - target
->got_size());
8894 have_got_offset
= true;
8901 else if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
8905 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8906 // final target is THUMB.
8907 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
8909 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8910 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
8911 + gsym
->plt_offset());
8914 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
8916 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8917 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8918 // be converted into an NOP.
8919 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
8921 else if (gsym
->is_undefined() && reloc_property
->uses_symbol())
8923 // This relocation uses the symbol value but the symbol is
8924 // undefined. Exit early and have the caller reporting an
8930 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8931 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8932 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8934 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
8935 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8936 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
8937 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8944 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8945 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8946 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
8947 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
8948 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
8953 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8954 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8955 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8956 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
8959 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8961 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
8962 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
8964 Arm_address stripped_value
=
8965 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
8966 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
8970 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8972 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8974 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8975 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8976 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
8977 if (reloc_property
->uses_symbol_base())
8979 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
8980 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8981 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8982 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8983 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8984 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
8986 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
8987 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
8988 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
8989 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
8991 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8992 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8993 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8996 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8997 Arm_address relative_address_base
= 0;
8998 switch(reloc_property
->relative_address_base())
9000 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE
:
9001 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
9002 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
9003 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS
:
9004 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp
:
9006 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S
:
9007 relative_address_base
= sym_origin
;
9009 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG
:
9010 relative_address_base
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
9012 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P
:
9013 relative_address_base
= address
;
9015 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa
:
9016 relative_address_base
= address
& 0xfffffffcU
;
9022 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
9023 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
9024 bool check_overflow
= reloc_property
->checks_overflow();
9027 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
9030 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
9031 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9032 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
9035 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
9036 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9037 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
9040 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
9041 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9042 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
9045 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
9046 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, true, output_section
))
9047 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9051 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
9052 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, true, output_section
))
9053 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
9054 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9058 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9059 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9060 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
9066 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9067 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
, 0);
9070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9071 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9072 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9073 0, thumb_bit
, false);
9076 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
9077 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9078 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
,
9082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
9086 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9087 relative_address_base
, thumb_bit
,
9091 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
9092 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
9094 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
9095 relative_address_base
);
9098 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9099 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9100 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
9102 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
9103 relative_address_base
,
9104 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
9107 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
9108 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
9110 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
9111 relative_address_base
);
9114 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
9115 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9116 address
, thumb_bit
);
9119 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
9120 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9121 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
9124 // Thumb long branches.
9125 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9126 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9127 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9129 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
9130 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
9131 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
9134 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
9136 Arm_address got_origin
;
9137 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
9138 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
9139 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
9143 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
9144 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
9146 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
9149 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
9150 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, r_type
, false, output_section
))
9151 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
9154 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
9155 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
9156 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
9159 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
9160 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
9161 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
9162 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
9163 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
9164 Arm_address got_origin
;
9165 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
9166 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
9167 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
9171 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9172 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9173 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9174 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
9175 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
9176 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
9177 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
9178 || (gsym
->is_defined()
9179 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
9180 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
9182 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
9183 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
9184 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
9187 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9189 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
9193 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
9195 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9198 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
9200 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9203 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
9205 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9208 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
9209 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
9210 address
, thumb_bit
);
9213 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
9214 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
9216 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
9217 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
9219 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
9220 is_v4bx_interworking
);
9224 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
9226 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9229 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
9231 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
9234 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
9236 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
9240 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
9241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
9242 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
9243 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
9244 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
9245 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
9246 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
9247 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
9248 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
9249 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
9251 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
,
9252 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9253 relative_address_base
,
9254 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
9257 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
9258 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
9259 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
9260 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
9261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9262 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9264 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
,
9265 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9266 relative_address_base
);
9269 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9270 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9271 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9272 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9273 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9274 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9276 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
,
9277 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9278 relative_address_base
);
9281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9282 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9284 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9285 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9286 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9288 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
,
9289 reloc_property
->group_index(),
9290 relative_address_base
);
9293 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
9295 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9296 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9297 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9298 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9299 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9301 this->relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rel
, r_type
, gsym
, psymval
,
9302 view
, address
, view_size
);
9305 // The known and unknown unsupported and/or deprecated relocations.
9306 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
9307 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
9308 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
9309 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
9311 // Just silently leave the method. We should get an appropriate error
9312 // message in the scan methods.
9316 // Report any errors.
9317 switch (reloc_status
)
9319 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
9321 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9322 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9323 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9324 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9326 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9327 gold_error_at_location(
9331 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9332 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
9341 // Perform a TLS relocation.
9343 template<bool big_endian
>
9344 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
9345 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
9346 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9347 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
9349 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
9350 unsigned int r_type
,
9351 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9352 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9353 unsigned char* view
,
9354 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr address
,
9355 section_size_type
/*view_size*/ )
9357 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> ArmRelocFuncs
;
9358 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
9359 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
9361 const Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
9363 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
9365 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
9366 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
9367 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
9368 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
9369 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
9372 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
9374 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
9375 unsigned int got_offset
;
9378 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9379 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
) - target
->got_size();
9383 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9384 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9385 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
)
9386 - target
->got_size());
9388 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9390 Arm_address got_entry
=
9391 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9393 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9395 RelocFuncs::pcrel32_unaligned(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9396 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9401 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
9402 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9404 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9405 // the module index.
9406 unsigned int got_offset
;
9407 got_offset
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
9408 - target
->got_size());
9409 Arm_address got_entry
=
9410 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9412 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9414 RelocFuncs::pcrel32_unaligned(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9415 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9419 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
9420 RelocFuncs::rel32_unaligned(view
, value
);
9421 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9423 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
9424 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9426 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9427 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
9428 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
9429 unsigned int got_offset
;
9432 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
9433 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
9437 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
9438 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
9439 got_offset
= object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
);
9442 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
9443 got_offset
-= target
->got_size();
9445 Arm_address got_entry
=
9446 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
9448 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
9449 RelocFuncs::pcrel32_unaligned(view
, got_entry
, address
);
9450 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9454 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
9455 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
9456 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
9457 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
9459 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
9461 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
9462 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
9463 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
9464 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
9465 RelocFuncs::rel32_unaligned(view
, value
+ aligned_tcb_size
);
9468 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9474 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
9475 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
9477 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
9480 // Relocate section data.
9482 template<bool big_endian
>
9484 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
9485 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9486 unsigned int sh_type
,
9487 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9489 Output_section
* output_section
,
9490 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9491 unsigned char* view
,
9492 Arm_address address
,
9493 section_size_type view_size
,
9494 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
9496 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
9497 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9499 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
9500 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
9501 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
9503 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
9504 output_section
->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo
->object
,
9505 relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9508 Arm_address section_address
= poris
->address();
9509 section_size_type section_size
= poris
->data_size();
9511 gold_assert((section_address
>= address
)
9512 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
9513 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
9515 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
9518 view_size
= section_size
;
9522 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9523 Arm_relocate
, gold::Default_comdat_behavior
>(
9529 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9533 reloc_symbol_changes
);
9536 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
9539 template<bool big_endian
>
9541 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
9542 unsigned int r_type
,
9545 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
9546 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9547 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9552 std::string reloc_name
=
9553 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
9554 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
9555 object
->name().c_str(), reloc_name
.c_str());
9560 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
9562 template<bool big_endian
>
9564 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
9565 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9567 Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
9568 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9569 unsigned int sh_type
,
9570 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9572 Output_section
* output_section
,
9573 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9574 size_t local_symbol_count
,
9575 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
9576 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
9578 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9580 typedef Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs
<big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9581 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
9583 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
9584 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
9592 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9598 // Emit relocations for a section.
9600 template<bool big_endian
>
9602 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_relocs(
9603 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9604 unsigned int sh_type
,
9605 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9607 Output_section
* output_section
,
9608 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section
,
9609 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
9610 unsigned char* view
,
9611 Arm_address view_address
,
9612 section_size_type view_size
,
9613 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
9614 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
9616 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9618 gold::relocate_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
9623 offset_in_output_section
,
9632 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
9633 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
9635 template<bool big_endian
>
9637 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_special_relocatable(
9638 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9639 unsigned int sh_type
,
9640 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
9642 Output_section
* output_section
,
9643 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section
,
9644 unsigned char* view
,
9645 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
9647 unsigned char* preloc_out
)
9649 // We can only handle REL type relocation sections.
9650 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
9652 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
9653 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc_write
9655 const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(0) - 1;
9657 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
9658 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9659 const unsigned int local_count
= object
->local_symbol_count();
9661 Reltype
reloc(preloc_in
);
9662 Reltype_write
reloc_write(preloc_out
);
9664 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
9665 const unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
9666 const unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
9668 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
9669 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9670 gold_assert(arp
!= NULL
);
9672 // Get the new symbol index.
9673 // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations.
9674 gold_assert(r_sym
< local_count
);
9676 // We are adjusting a section symbol. We need to find
9677 // the symbol table index of the section symbol for
9678 // the output section corresponding to input section
9679 // in which this symbol is defined.
9681 unsigned int shndx
= object
->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym
, &is_ordinary
);
9682 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
9683 Output_section
* os
= object
->output_section(shndx
);
9684 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
9685 gold_assert(os
->needs_symtab_index());
9686 unsigned int new_symndx
= os
->symtab_index();
9688 // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where
9689 // this relocation should be applied.
9691 Arm_address offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
9692 Arm_address new_offset
;
9693 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9694 new_offset
= offset
+ offset_in_output_section
;
9697 section_offset_type sot_offset
=
9698 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, Arm_address
>(offset
);
9699 section_offset_type new_sot_offset
=
9700 output_section
->output_offset(object
, relinfo
->data_shndx
,
9702 gold_assert(new_sot_offset
!= -1);
9703 new_offset
= new_sot_offset
;
9706 // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section.
9707 // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by
9708 // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address.
9709 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
9711 new_offset
+= view_address
;
9712 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
9713 new_offset
-= offset_in_output_section
;
9716 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(new_offset
);
9717 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(new_symndx
, r_type
));
9719 // Handle the reloc addend.
9720 // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file.
9721 // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output
9722 // file. The input section symbol refers to some address in
9723 // the input section. We need the relocation in the output
9724 // file to refer to that same address. This adjustment to
9725 // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple
9726 // absolute relocation for the input section symbol.
9728 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
= object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
9730 // Handle THUMB bit.
9731 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9732 Arm_address thumb_bit
=
9733 object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
9735 && arp
->uses_thumb_bit()
9736 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
9738 Arm_address stripped_value
=
9739 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
9740 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
9744 unsigned char* paddend
= view
+ offset
;
9745 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status reloc_status
=
9746 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
;
9749 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
9750 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs8(paddend
, object
,
9754 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
9755 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs12(paddend
, object
,
9759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
9760 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::abs16(paddend
, object
,
9764 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
9765 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_abs5(paddend
,
9770 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9771 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9773 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
9774 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::movw(
9775 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9778 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
9779 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
9780 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
9781 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
9782 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_movw(
9783 paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
, arp
->checks_overflow());
9786 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9787 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9788 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9790 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
9791 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9795 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9796 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9797 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9798 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
9800 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
9801 r_type
, relinfo
, paddend
, NULL
, object
, 0, psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
,
9805 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9807 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(paddend
, object
,
9808 psymval
, 0, thumb_bit
);
9811 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
9813 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump6(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9817 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
9819 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9823 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
9825 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9829 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
9831 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::prel31(paddend
, object
, psymval
, 0,
9835 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
9837 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc8(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9841 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
9843 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_pc12(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9847 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
9849 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_alu11(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
9853 // These relocation truncate relocation results so we cannot handle them
9854 // in a relocatable link.
9855 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
9856 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
9857 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
9858 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
9859 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
9860 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
9861 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
9862 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
9863 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
9864 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
9865 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
9866 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
9867 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
9868 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
9869 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
9870 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
9871 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
9872 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
9873 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
9874 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
9875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
9876 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
9877 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
9878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
9879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
9880 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
9881 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
9882 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
9883 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
9884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
9885 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
9886 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
9887 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
9888 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
9889 gold_error(_("cannot handle %s in a relocatable link"),
9890 arp
->name().c_str());
9897 // Report any errors.
9898 switch (reloc_status
)
9900 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OKAY
:
9902 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
9903 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9904 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9905 arp
->name().c_str());
9907 case Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
9908 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
9909 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9910 arp
->name().c_str());
9917 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
9918 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
9919 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
9920 // processor specific ABI supplement.
9922 template<bool big_endian
>
9924 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
9926 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
9927 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
9930 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
9932 template<bool big_endian
>
9934 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type
)
9938 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
9939 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
9940 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
9942 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
9943 // This can be any reloc type but usually is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
9944 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
9951 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
9953 template<bool big_endian
>
9955 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
9956 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
9957 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
9959 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
9960 // so allow mixing them.
9961 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
|| v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9962 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
9963 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
9969 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
9970 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
9971 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
9972 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9974 template<bool big_endian
>
9976 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
9977 const std::string
& name
,
9978 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
9980 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
9982 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
9984 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
9985 if (flags
== out_flags
)
9988 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
9989 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
9990 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
9991 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
)
9992 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9993 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
9994 "EABI version %d."),
9996 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
9997 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
10001 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
10002 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
10003 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
10004 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
10005 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
10006 // to the default values.
10010 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
10011 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
10012 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
10016 // Adjust ELF file header.
10017 template<bool big_endian
>
10019 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
10020 unsigned char* view
,
10023 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
10025 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
10026 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
10027 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
10028 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
10030 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
)
10031 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
10032 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
10034 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
10035 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
10037 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
10039 // If we're working in EABI_VER5, set the hard/soft float ABI flags
10041 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
) == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
10043 elfcpp::Elf_Half type
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
10044 if (type
== elfcpp::ET_EXEC
|| type
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
10046 Object_attribute
* attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
);
10047 if (attr
->int_value())
10048 flags
|= elfcpp::EF_ARM_ABI_FLOAT_HARD
;
10050 flags
|= elfcpp::EF_ARM_ABI_FLOAT_SOFT
;
10051 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
);
10054 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
10055 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
10058 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
10059 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of
10060 // Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian> to store ARM specific information.
10061 // Hence we need to have our own ELF object creation.
10063 template<bool big_endian
>
10065 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
10066 const std::string
& name
,
10067 Input_file
* input_file
,
10068 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
10070 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
10071 // ET_EXEC files are valid input for --just-symbols/-R,
10072 // and we treat them as relocatable objects.
10073 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
10074 || (et
== elfcpp::ET_EXEC
&& input_file
->just_symbols()))
10076 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
10077 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
10081 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
10083 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
10084 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
10090 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
10096 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
10097 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
10098 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10100 template<bool big_endian
>
10102 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10103 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
10105 const Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
10106 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
10108 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
10109 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
10110 const std::string
& sv
=
10111 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
10113 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
10114 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
10115 return sv
.data()[1];
10117 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
10121 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
10122 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
10123 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10125 template<bool big_endian
>
10127 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
10128 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
10131 Object_attribute
* known_attributes
=
10132 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
10136 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
10140 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
10141 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
10143 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
10144 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
10148 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
10151 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
10153 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10155 template<bool big_endian
>
10157 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
10160 int* secondary_compat_out
,
10162 int secondary_compat
)
10164 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
10165 static const int v6t2
[] =
10167 T(V6T2
), // PRE_V4.
10177 static const int v6k
[] =
10190 static const int v7
[] =
10204 static const int v6_m
[] =
10219 static const int v6s_m
[] =
10235 static const int v7e_m
[] =
10242 T(V7E_M
), // V5TEJ.
10249 T(V7E_M
), // V6S_M.
10252 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
10259 T(V5TEJ
), // V5TEJ.
10266 T(V6S_M
), // V6S_M.
10267 T(V7E_M
), // V7E_M.
10268 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
10270 static const int* comb
[] =
10278 // Pseudo-architecture.
10282 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
10284 if (oldtag
> elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
> elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
10286 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
10290 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
10292 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
10293 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
10294 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10296 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
10299 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
10300 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
10301 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
10303 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
10304 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
10305 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
10308 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
10309 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
10311 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
10312 // as the canonical version.
10313 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
10316 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
10319 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
10323 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
10324 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
10332 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
10334 template<bool big_endian
>
10336 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
10338 static const char* aeabi_enum_names
[] =
10339 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
10340 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
10341 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
10343 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
10344 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
10348 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
10349 return std::string(buffer
);
10353 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
10355 template<bool big_endian
>
10357 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
10359 static const char* name_table
[] = {
10360 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
10361 // that from the architecture version alone.
10377 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
10379 if (value
< name_table_size
)
10380 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
10384 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
10385 return std::string(buffer
);
10389 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
10390 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
10392 template<bool big_endian
>
10394 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
10396 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
10398 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
10402 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
10403 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
10404 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
10406 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
10407 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10408 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10410 // We do not output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we move
10411 // the attribute's value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
10412 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value() != 0)
10414 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0
10415 && out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].int_value()
10416 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10418 gold_error(_("%s has both the current and legacy "
10419 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10423 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] =
10424 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
];
10425 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_type(0);
10426 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
].set_int_value(0);
10432 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10433 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
10434 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
10436 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
10437 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
10438 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
10440 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
10441 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
10442 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
10443 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
10444 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0
10445 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10446 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
10450 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
10452 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
10455 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
10456 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
10457 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
10460 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
10461 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
10462 // Use the first value seen.
10465 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
10467 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
10468 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
10469 int secondary_compat
=
10470 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
10471 int secondary_compat_out
=
10472 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10473 this->attributes_section_data_
);
10474 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
10475 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10476 &secondary_compat_out
,
10477 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10478 secondary_compat
));
10479 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
10480 secondary_compat_out
);
10482 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
10483 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
10484 ; // Leave the names alone.
10485 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10487 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
10488 // input architecture. Use the input names.
10489 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
10490 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
10491 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
10492 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
10496 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
10497 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
10500 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
10501 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
10502 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
10504 const std::string cpu_name
=
10505 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10506 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
10507 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
10508 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
10509 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
10514 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
10515 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
10516 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
10517 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
10518 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
10519 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
10520 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
10521 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
10522 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
10523 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
10524 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
10525 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
10526 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
10527 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
10528 // Use the largest value specified.
10529 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10530 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10533 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
10534 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
10535 // Use the smallest value specified.
10536 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10537 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10540 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
10541 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
10542 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
10543 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
10546 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conforming
10547 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
10549 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
10553 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
10554 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
10556 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
10557 // 2 = weak requirement.
10558 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
10560 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
10561 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
10562 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
10563 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10564 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10565 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
10566 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
10567 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
10568 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10572 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
10573 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10575 // 0 will merge with anything.
10576 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
10577 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
10578 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
10579 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10580 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10581 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10582 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10583 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10584 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
10585 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
10586 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
10587 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
10589 else if (parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10592 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
10593 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
10594 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
10598 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
10600 static const struct
10604 } vfp_versions
[7] =
10615 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
10617 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
10618 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10620 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
10623 // The output uses the superset of input features
10624 // (ISA version) and registers.
10625 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
10626 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
10627 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
10628 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
10629 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
10632 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
10634 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
10635 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
10638 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
10641 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
10642 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
10643 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10644 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10645 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10646 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10648 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
10650 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
10653 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
10654 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10655 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10656 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10657 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10659 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
10661 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10662 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10664 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
10665 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
10666 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10667 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
10668 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
10669 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
10670 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10672 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
10676 // Use the smallest value specified.
10677 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10678 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10680 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
10681 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10682 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10683 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10684 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10685 && parameters
->options().wchar_size_warning())
10687 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
10688 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
10689 "across objects may fail"),
10690 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
10691 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
10693 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10694 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10696 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
10697 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
10699 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
10700 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
10702 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
10703 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
10704 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10706 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
10707 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10708 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch()
10709 && parameters
->options().enum_size_warning())
10711 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
10712 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
10713 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
10714 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
10717 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
10718 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
10722 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
10725 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
10726 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10727 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10729 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
10734 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
10735 // Merged in target-independent code.
10737 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
10738 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
10739 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
10740 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
10741 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
10742 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10743 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10745 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
10746 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10748 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
10749 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10750 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
10753 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
10754 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10757 case elfcpp::Tag_DIV_use
:
10758 // This tag is set to zero if we can use UDIV and SDIV in Thumb
10759 // mode on a v7-M or v7-R CPU; to one if we can not use UDIV or
10760 // SDIV at all; and to two if we can use UDIV or SDIV on a v7-A
10761 // CPU. We will merge as follows: If the input attribute's value
10762 // is one then the output attribute's value remains unchanged. If
10763 // the input attribute's value is zero or two then if the output
10764 // attribute's value is one the output value is set to the input
10765 // value, otherwise the output value must be the same as the
10767 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10769 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
10771 gold_error(_("DIV usage mismatch between %s and output"),
10776 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 1)
10777 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
10781 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy
:
10782 // We don't output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we
10783 // move the value to Tag_MPextension_use.
10784 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10785 && in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value() != 0)
10787 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value()
10788 != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
10790 gold_error(_("%s has has both the current and legacy "
10791 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10796 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value()
10797 > out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
].int_value())
10798 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
] = in_attr
[i
];
10802 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
10803 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
10804 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
10805 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
10808 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
10809 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
10811 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
10812 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
10813 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
10814 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
10815 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10820 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10822 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
10823 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
10824 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10825 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10826 err_object
= "output";
10827 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
10828 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
10831 if (err_object
!= NULL
10832 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10834 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
10835 if ((i
& 127) < 64)
10836 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
10840 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10844 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10845 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
10847 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
10848 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
10853 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
10854 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
10855 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
10858 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
10859 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
10861 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
10862 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
10863 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10864 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
10865 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
10866 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
10867 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
10869 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10870 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
10872 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
10875 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
10876 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
10877 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10878 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
10879 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
10881 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
10882 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
10883 err_object
= "output";
10884 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10885 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10886 delete out_iter
->second
;
10887 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10888 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10890 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
10891 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
10892 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
10894 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
10895 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
10897 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
10900 else // The tags are equal.
10902 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
10903 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
10904 err_object
= "output";
10905 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10907 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10908 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
10910 // No match. Delete the attribute.
10911 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
10912 delete out_iter
->second
;
10913 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
10914 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
10918 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
10924 if (err_object
&& parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
10926 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
10927 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
10929 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
10930 err_object
, err_tag
);
10934 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10935 err_object
, err_tag
);
10941 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
10943 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
10945 template<bool big_endian
>
10946 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10947 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
10949 unsigned int shndx
)
10951 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10953 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
10954 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
10955 arm_input_section
->init();
10957 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
10958 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
10959 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
10961 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
10962 // for this input section already.
10963 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
10965 return arm_input_section
;
10968 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
10969 // section of RELOBJ.
10971 template<bool big_endian
>
10972 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
10973 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
10975 unsigned int shndx
) const
10977 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
10978 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
10979 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
10980 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
10983 // Make a new stub table.
10985 template<bool big_endian
>
10986 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
10987 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
10989 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10990 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
10991 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
10993 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
10994 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
10995 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
11000 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
11002 template<bool big_endian
>
11004 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
11005 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11006 unsigned int r_type
,
11007 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
11008 unsigned int r_sym
,
11009 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
11010 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
11011 Arm_address address
)
11013 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11014 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
11016 bool target_is_thumb
;
11017 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11020 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
11021 // final target is THUMB.
11022 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
11024 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
11025 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
11026 + gsym
->plt_offset());
11028 target_is_thumb
= false;
11030 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
11031 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
11036 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
11037 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
11038 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
11039 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
11044 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
11045 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
11048 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
11049 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
11050 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
11051 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
11052 if (target_is_thumb
11053 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
11054 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
11056 Arm_address stripped_value
=
11057 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
11058 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
11062 // Get the symbol value.
11063 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
11065 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
11066 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
11067 Arm_address destination
;
11070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
11071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
11072 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
11074 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
11076 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
11077 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
11078 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
11079 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
11081 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
11084 gold_unreachable();
11087 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
11088 Stub_type stub_type
=
11089 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
11091 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
11093 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11094 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11095 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11096 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11098 // Locate stub by destination.
11099 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
11101 // Create a stub if there is not one already
11102 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
11105 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11106 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
11107 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
11110 // Record the destination address.
11111 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
11112 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
11115 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
11116 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
11117 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
11118 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
11119 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11120 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
11121 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
11123 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
11124 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
11125 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
11126 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
11127 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
11128 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
11132 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
11133 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
11134 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
11135 // specific part of a relocation.
11137 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
11138 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
11140 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
11141 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
11142 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
11143 // mapped to output offsets.
11145 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
11146 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
11147 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
11148 // the output section.
11150 template<bool big_endian
>
11151 template<int sh_type
>
11153 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
11154 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11155 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
11156 size_t reloc_count
,
11157 Output_section
* output_section
,
11158 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
11159 const unsigned char* view
,
11160 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
11163 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
11164 const int reloc_size
=
11165 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
11167 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
11168 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
11169 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
11171 gold::Default_comdat_behavior default_comdat_behavior
;
11172 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
11174 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
11176 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
11178 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
11179 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
11180 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
11182 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
11184 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
11185 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
11186 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
11187 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
11188 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
11189 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
11190 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
11191 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
11192 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
11195 section_offset_type offset
=
11196 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
11198 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
11200 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
11201 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
11207 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
11208 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
11210 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
)
11212 // Get the BX instruction.
11213 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11214 const Valtype
* wv
=
11215 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
11216 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
11217 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11218 const uint32_t reg
= (insn
& 0xf);
11222 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11223 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11224 arm_object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11225 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11227 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
11229 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11230 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
11231 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
11232 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
11233 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
11241 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
11242 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
11243 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
11245 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
11247 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11248 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
11249 bool is_defined_in_discarded_section
;
11250 unsigned int shndx
;
11251 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
11254 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
11256 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
11257 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
11258 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
11259 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
11260 // correspond to a section we are folding.
11262 shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
11263 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
11265 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
11266 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
11267 && !relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
));
11269 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this local
11271 if (!is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
11273 typedef Sized_relobj_file
<32, big_endian
> ObjType
;
11274 typename
ObjType::Compute_final_local_value_status status
=
11275 arm_object
->compute_final_local_value(r_sym
, psymval
, &symval
,
11277 if (status
== ObjType::CFLV_OK
)
11279 // Currently we cannot handle a branch to a target in
11280 // a merged section. If this is the case, issue an error
11281 // and also free the merge symbol value.
11282 if (!symval
.has_output_value())
11284 const std::string
& section_name
=
11285 arm_object
->section_name(shndx
);
11286 arm_object
->error(_("cannot handle branch to local %u "
11287 "in a merged section %s"),
11288 r_sym
, section_name
.c_str());
11294 // We cannot determine the final value.
11301 const Symbol
* gsym
;
11302 gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
11303 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
11304 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
11305 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
11307 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
11308 if (sym
->has_symtab_index() && sym
->symtab_index() != -1U)
11309 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
11311 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11313 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
11315 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
11316 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
11317 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
11318 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
11319 Arm_address value
=
11320 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
11322 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
11323 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
11325 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
11327 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_TLS
)
11328 symval
.set_is_tls_symbol();
11329 else if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11330 symval
.set_is_ifunc_symbol();
11333 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
11334 (gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
11335 && gsym
->is_undefined());
11339 Symbol_value
<32> symval2
;
11340 if (is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
11342 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
11344 std::string name
= arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
11345 comdat_behavior
= default_comdat_behavior
.get(name
.c_str());
11347 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
11349 // FIXME: This case does not work for global symbols.
11350 // We have no place to store the original section index.
11351 // Fortunately this does not matter for comdat sections,
11352 // only for sections explicitly discarded by a linker
11355 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
11356 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
11358 symval2
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
11360 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11364 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_WARNING
)
11365 gold_warning_at_location(relinfo
, i
, offset
,
11366 _("relocation refers to discarded "
11368 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
11370 symval2
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11371 psymval
= &symval2
;
11374 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
11375 // destination. Give up.
11376 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
11379 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
11380 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
11384 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
11386 template<bool big_endian
>
11388 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
11389 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11390 unsigned int sh_type
,
11391 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
11392 size_t reloc_count
,
11393 Output_section
* output_section
,
11394 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
11395 const unsigned char* view
,
11396 Arm_address view_address
,
11397 section_size_type view_size
)
11399 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
11400 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
11405 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11409 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
11410 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
11412 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
11417 needs_special_offset_handling
,
11422 gold_unreachable();
11425 // Group input sections for stub generation.
11427 // We group input sections in an output section so that the total size,
11428 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
11429 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
11430 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
11431 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
11432 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
11433 // extend the group after the stub table.
11435 template<bool big_endian
>
11437 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
11439 section_size_type group_size
,
11440 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
11443 // Group input sections and insert stub table
11444 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
11445 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
11446 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
11447 p
!= section_list
.end();
11450 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
11451 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11452 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
11457 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
11459 template<bool big_endian
>
11461 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
11463 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
11464 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
11468 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
11469 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
11471 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
11473 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
11474 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
11477 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
11478 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
11479 // is passed a negative value, we restrict stubs to be always after
11480 // the stubbed branches.
11481 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
11482 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
11483 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
11484 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
11486 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
11489 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
11490 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
11491 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
11492 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
11493 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
11495 // This value is 48K less than that, which allows for 4096
11496 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
11497 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
11499 stub_group_size
= 4145152;
11502 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
11503 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
11504 // This is a crude way of enforcing that. In addition, long conditional
11505 // branches of THUMB-2 have a range of +-1M. If we are fixing cortex-A8
11506 // erratum, limit the group size to (1M - 12k) to avoid unreachable
11507 // cortex-A8 stubs from long conditional branches.
11508 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11510 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
11511 const section_size_type cortex_a8_group_size
= 1024 * (1024 - 12);
11512 stub_group_size
= std::max(stub_group_size
, cortex_a8_group_size
);
11515 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
, task
);
11517 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11518 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
= NULL
;
11519 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
=
11520 layout
->section_list().begin();
11521 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11523 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
11525 if (exidx_output_section
== NULL
)
11526 exidx_output_section
=
11527 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
11529 // We cannot handle this now.
11530 gold_error(_("multiple SHT_ARM_EXIDX sections %s and %s in a "
11531 "non-relocatable link"),
11532 exidx_output_section
->name(),
11536 if (exidx_output_section
!= NULL
)
11538 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, input_objects
, exidx_output_section
,
11540 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
11545 // If this is not the first pass, addresses and file offsets have
11546 // been reset at this point, set them here.
11547 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11548 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11551 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11552 off_t off
= align_address(owner
->original_size(),
11553 (*sp
)->addralign());
11554 (*sp
)->set_address_and_file_offset(owner
->address() + off
,
11555 owner
->offset() + off
);
11559 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
11560 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
11561 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
11562 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
11563 // That would require more book-keeping.
11564 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
11566 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
11567 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11568 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
11569 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
11572 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
11574 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
11575 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11576 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
11578 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
11581 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
11582 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11583 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11586 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11587 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11588 // Lock the object so we can read from it. This is only called
11589 // single-threaded from Layout::finalize, so it is OK to lock.
11590 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, arm_relobj
);
11591 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
11594 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
11595 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
11597 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
11598 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
11599 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11600 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11603 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
11605 // Update data size of stub table owner.
11606 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
11607 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
11608 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
11609 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
11610 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
11612 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
11613 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
11617 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
11618 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
11619 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
11621 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
11622 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
11625 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
11626 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
11627 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
11630 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
11631 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
11633 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
11634 if (!continue_relaxation
)
11636 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
11637 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
11639 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
11641 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
11642 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
11643 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
11646 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
11647 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
11649 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
11650 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
11652 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
11654 // We need to lock the object's file to update it.
11655 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, arm_relobj
);
11656 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
11661 return continue_relaxation
;
11664 // Relocate a stub.
11666 template<bool big_endian
>
11668 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
11670 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
11671 Output_section
* output_section
,
11672 unsigned char* view
,
11673 Arm_address address
,
11674 section_size_type view_size
)
11677 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
11678 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
11680 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
11681 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
11683 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
11684 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
11685 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
11686 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
11688 // This is the address of the stub destination.
11689 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
11690 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
11691 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
11693 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
11695 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
11696 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
11697 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
11698 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
11699 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
11700 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
11702 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
11703 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
11704 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
11705 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
11709 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
11712 template<bool big_endian
>
11714 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
11716 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
11717 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11718 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
11719 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11720 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11721 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
11722 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
11723 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
11725 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
11727 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
11728 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
11729 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
11732 // Reorder attributes.
11734 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
11735 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
11736 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
11739 template<bool big_endian
>
11741 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
11743 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
11744 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
11745 // and shift everything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
11747 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
11749 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
11750 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
11752 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
11757 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
11759 template<bool big_endian
>
11761 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
11762 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
11763 unsigned int shndx
,
11764 section_size_type span_start
,
11765 section_size_type span_end
,
11766 const unsigned char* view
,
11767 Arm_address address
)
11769 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
11771 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
11772 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
11773 // first half of the branch.
11774 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
11775 // length non-branch instruction.
11776 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
11777 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
11778 bool last_was_branch
= false;
11779 while (i
< span_end
)
11781 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11782 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
11783 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11784 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
11785 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
11787 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
11790 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
11791 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11793 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
11794 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
11795 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
11796 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
11797 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
11798 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
11799 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
11800 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
11801 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
11804 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
11806 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
11807 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
11808 // we need to work around.
11809 if (is_32bit_branch
11810 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
11812 && !last_was_branch
)
11814 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
11815 bool force_target_arm
= false;
11816 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
11817 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
11818 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
11819 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
11821 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
11823 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
11824 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
11826 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11827 && !target_is_thumb
)
11828 force_target_arm
= true;
11829 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11830 && target_is_thumb
)
11831 force_target_thumb
= true;
11835 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
11837 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
11838 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
11839 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
11840 typedef class Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11842 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
11843 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
11844 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
11845 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
11846 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
11847 // setting of always_after_branch above).
11851 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11853 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
11855 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
11857 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
11862 stub_type
= (is_blx
11863 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
11865 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
11866 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
11869 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
11871 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
11873 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
11874 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
11875 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
11876 // BLX stub instead in that case.
11877 if (this->may_use_v5t_interworking() && force_target_arm
11878 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
11880 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
11884 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
11885 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
11886 else if (force_target_thumb
11887 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
11889 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
11897 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
11898 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
11899 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
11900 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
11901 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
11903 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
11905 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
11906 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
11908 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
11909 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
11913 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
11914 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
11915 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
11916 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
11921 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
11922 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
11923 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
11927 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
11929 template<bool big_endian
>
11931 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
11932 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
11933 Arm_address stub_address
,
11934 unsigned char* insn_view
,
11935 Arm_address insn_address
)
11937 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
11938 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
11939 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
11940 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
11941 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
11943 typedef class Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
11944 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
11946 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
11947 // For a conditional branch, we re-write it to be an unconditional
11948 // branch to the stub. We use the THUMB-2 encoding here.
11949 upper_insn
= 0xf000U
;
11950 lower_insn
= 0xb800U
;
11952 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
11953 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
11954 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
11955 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
11956 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
11957 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
11958 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
11959 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
11960 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
11962 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
11963 gold_assert(!Bits
<25>::has_overflow32(branch_offset
));
11964 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
11965 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
11969 gold_unreachable();
11972 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
11973 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
11974 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
11977 // Target selector for ARM. Note this is never instantiated directly.
11978 // It's only used in Target_selector_arm_nacl, below.
11980 template<bool big_endian
>
11981 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
11984 Target_selector_arm()
11985 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
11986 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"),
11987 (big_endian
? "armelfb" : "armelf"))
11991 do_instantiate_target()
11992 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
11995 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11997 template<bool big_endian
>
11999 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
12001 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
12002 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
12003 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
12006 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
12007 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
12008 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
12009 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
12010 // by addresses within the output section.
12012 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
12013 Sorted_output_section_list
;
12014 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
12016 // Find out all the output sections of input sections pointed by
12017 // EXIDX input sections.
12018 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
12019 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
12022 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
12023 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
12024 std::vector
<unsigned int> shndx_list
;
12025 arm_relobj
->get_exidx_shndx_list(&shndx_list
);
12026 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< shndx_list
.size(); ++i
)
12028 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
12029 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx_list
[i
]);
12030 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
12031 if (!exidx_input_section
->has_errors())
12033 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
12034 Output_section
* os
= arm_relobj
->output_section(text_shndx
);
12035 if (os
!= NULL
&& (os
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12036 sorted_output_sections
.insert(os
);
12041 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
12042 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
12044 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
12045 for (typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
12046 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
12047 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
12050 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
12051 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
12052 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
12055 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, sorted_text_sections
, symtab
,
12056 merge_exidx_entries(), task
);
12059 template<bool big_endian
>
12061 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_define_standard_symbols(
12062 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
12065 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
12066 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
12068 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
)
12070 // Create __exidx_start and __exidx_end symbols.
12071 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start",
12073 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
12077 elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE
,
12078 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
,
12079 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
12081 false, // offset_is_from_end
12082 true); // only_if_ref
12084 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end",
12086 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
12090 elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE
,
12091 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
,
12092 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
,
12094 true, // offset_is_from_end
12095 true); // only_if_ref
12099 // Define __exidx_start and __exidx_end even when .ARM.exidx
12100 // section is missing to match ld's behaviour.
12101 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_start", NULL
,
12102 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
12103 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
12104 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
12106 symtab
->define_as_constant("__exidx_end", NULL
,
12107 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
12108 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
12109 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
12114 // NaCl variant. It uses different PLT contents.
12116 template<bool big_endian
>
12117 class Output_data_plt_arm_nacl
;
12119 template<bool big_endian
>
12120 class Target_arm_nacl
: public Target_arm
<big_endian
>
12124 : Target_arm
<big_endian
>(&arm_nacl_info
)
12128 virtual Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
12129 do_make_data_plt(Layout
* layout
, Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
12130 { return new Output_data_plt_arm_nacl
<big_endian
>(layout
, got_plt
); }
12133 static const Target::Target_info arm_nacl_info
;
12136 template<bool big_endian
>
12137 const Target::Target_info Target_arm_nacl
<big_endian
>::arm_nacl_info
=
12140 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
12141 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
12142 false, // has_make_symbol
12143 false, // has_resolve
12144 false, // has_code_fill
12145 true, // is_default_stack_executable
12146 false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
12148 "/lib/ld-nacl-arm.so.1", // dynamic_linker
12149 0x20000, // default_text_segment_address
12150 0x10000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
12151 0x10000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
12152 true, // isolate_execinstr
12153 0x10000000, // rosegment_gap
12154 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
12155 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
12156 0, // small_common_section_flags
12157 0, // large_common_section_flags
12158 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
12159 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
12162 template<bool big_endian
>
12163 class Output_data_plt_arm_nacl
: public Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>
12166 Output_data_plt_arm_nacl(Layout
* layout
, Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
12167 : Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, 16, got_plt
)
12171 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
12172 virtual unsigned int
12173 do_first_plt_entry_offset() const
12174 { return sizeof(first_plt_entry
); }
12176 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
12177 virtual unsigned int
12178 do_get_plt_entry_size() const
12179 { return sizeof(plt_entry
); }
12182 do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
12183 Arm_address got_address
,
12184 Arm_address plt_address
);
12187 do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
12188 Arm_address got_address
,
12189 Arm_address plt_address
,
12190 unsigned int got_offset
,
12191 unsigned int plt_offset
);
12194 inline uint32_t arm_movw_immediate(uint32_t value
)
12196 return (value
& 0x00000fff) | ((value
& 0x0000f000) << 4);
12199 inline uint32_t arm_movt_immediate(uint32_t value
)
12201 return ((value
& 0x0fff0000) >> 16) | ((value
& 0xf0000000) >> 12);
12204 // Template for the first PLT entry.
12205 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[16];
12207 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
12208 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[4];
12211 // The first entry in the PLT.
12212 template<bool big_endian
>
12213 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm_nacl
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[16] =
12216 0xe300c000, // movw ip, #:lower16:&GOT[2]-.+8
12217 0xe340c000, // movt ip, #:upper16:&GOT[2]-.+8
12218 0xe08cc00f, // add ip, ip, pc
12219 0xe52dc008, // str ip, [sp, #-8]!
12221 0xe3ccc103, // bic ip, ip, #0xc0000000
12222 0xe59cc000, // ldr ip, [ip]
12223 0xe3ccc13f, // bic ip, ip, #0xc000000f
12224 0xe12fff1c, // bx ip
12230 0xe50dc004, // str ip, [sp, #-4]
12232 0xe3ccc103, // bic ip, ip, #0xc0000000
12233 0xe59cc000, // ldr ip, [ip]
12234 0xe3ccc13f, // bic ip, ip, #0xc000000f
12235 0xe12fff1c, // bx ip
12238 template<bool big_endian
>
12240 Output_data_plt_arm_nacl
<big_endian
>::do_fill_first_plt_entry(
12241 unsigned char* pov
,
12242 Arm_address got_address
,
12243 Arm_address plt_address
)
12245 // Write first PLT entry. All but first two words are constants.
12246 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
12247 / sizeof(first_plt_entry
[0]));
12249 int32_t got_displacement
= got_address
+ 8 - (plt_address
+ 16);
12251 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval
12252 (pov
+ 0, first_plt_entry
[0] | arm_movw_immediate (got_displacement
));
12253 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval
12254 (pov
+ 4, first_plt_entry
[1] | arm_movt_immediate (got_displacement
));
12256 for (size_t i
= 2; i
< num_first_plt_words
; ++i
)
12257 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
12260 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
12262 template<bool big_endian
>
12263 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm_nacl
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[4] =
12265 0xe300c000, // movw ip, #:lower16:&GOT[n]-.+8
12266 0xe340c000, // movt ip, #:upper16:&GOT[n]-.+8
12267 0xe08cc00f, // add ip, ip, pc
12268 0xea000000, // b .Lplt_tail
12271 template<bool big_endian
>
12273 Output_data_plt_arm_nacl
<big_endian
>::do_fill_plt_entry(
12274 unsigned char* pov
,
12275 Arm_address got_address
,
12276 Arm_address plt_address
,
12277 unsigned int got_offset
,
12278 unsigned int plt_offset
)
12280 // Calculate the displacement between the PLT slot and the
12281 // common tail that's part of the special initial PLT slot.
12282 int32_t tail_displacement
= (plt_address
+ (11 * sizeof(uint32_t))
12283 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
12284 + sizeof(plt_entry
) + sizeof(uint32_t)));
12285 gold_assert((tail_displacement
& 3) == 0);
12286 tail_displacement
>>= 2;
12288 gold_assert ((tail_displacement
& 0xff000000) == 0
12289 || (-tail_displacement
& 0xff000000) == 0);
12291 // Calculate the displacement between the PLT slot and the entry
12292 // in the GOT. The offset accounts for the value produced by
12293 // adding to pc in the penultimate instruction of the PLT stub.
12294 const int32_t got_displacement
= (got_address
+ got_offset
12295 - (plt_address
+ sizeof(plt_entry
)));
12297 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval
12298 (pov
+ 0, plt_entry
[0] | arm_movw_immediate (got_displacement
));
12299 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval
12300 (pov
+ 4, plt_entry
[1] | arm_movt_immediate (got_displacement
));
12301 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval
12302 (pov
+ 8, plt_entry
[2]);
12303 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval
12304 (pov
+ 12, plt_entry
[3] | (tail_displacement
& 0x00ffffff));
12307 // Target selectors.
12309 template<bool big_endian
>
12310 class Target_selector_arm_nacl
12311 : public Target_selector_nacl
<Target_selector_arm
<big_endian
>,
12312 Target_arm_nacl
<big_endian
> >
12315 Target_selector_arm_nacl()
12316 : Target_selector_nacl
<Target_selector_arm
<big_endian
>,
12317 Target_arm_nacl
<big_endian
> >(
12319 big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm-nacl" : "elf32-littlearm-nacl",
12320 big_endian
? "armelfb_nacl" : "armelf_nacl")
12324 Target_selector_arm_nacl
<false> target_selector_arm
;
12325 Target_selector_arm_nacl
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
12327 } // End anonymous namespace.